summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old')
-rw-r--r--old/myten10.txt7568
-rw-r--r--old/myten10.zipbin0 -> 148856 bytes
2 files changed, 7568 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/old/myten10.txt b/old/myten10.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ab03cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/myten10.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7568 @@
+Project Gutenberg's My Ten Years' Imprisonment, by Silvio Pellico
+
+
+Copyright laws are changing all over the world, be sure to check
+the copyright laws for your country before posting these files!!
+
+Please take a look at the important information in this header.
+We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, keeping an
+electronic path open for the next readers. Do not remove this.
+
+*It must legally be the first thing seen when opening the book.*
+In fact, our legal advisors said we can't even change margins.
+
+**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
+
+**Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
+
+*These Etexts Prepared By Hundreds of Volunteers and Donations*
+
+Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get Etexts, and
+further information is included below. We need your donations.
+
+
+Title: My Ten Years' Imprisonment
+
+Author: Silvio Pellico
+
+Translator: Thomas Roscoe
+
+September, 2001 [Etext #2792]
+
+
+Project Gutenberg's My Ten Years' Imprisonment, by Silvio Pellico
+*******This file should be named myten10.txt or myten10.zip******
+
+Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, myten11.txt
+VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, myten10a.txt
+
+
+This etext was prepared by David Price, email ccx074@coventry.ac.uk,
+from the 1886 Cassell & Co. edition.
+
+Project Gutenberg Etexts are usually created from multiple editions,
+all of which are in the Public Domain in the United States, unless a
+copyright notice is included. Therefore, we usually do NOT keep any
+of these books in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+We are now trying to release all our books one month in advance
+of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing.
+
+Please note: neither this list nor its contents are final till
+midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
+The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at
+Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A
+preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
+and editing by those who wish to do so. To be sure you have an
+up to date first edition [xxxxx10x.xxx] please check file sizes
+in the first week of the next month. Since our ftp program has
+a bug in it that scrambles the date [tried to fix and failed] a
+look at the file size will have to do, but we will try to see a
+new copy has at least one byte more or less.
+
+
+Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
+
+We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The
+time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours
+to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
+searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. This
+projected audience is one hundred million readers. If our value
+per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2
+million dollars per hour this year as we release thirty-six text
+files per month, or 432 more Etexts in 1999 for a total of 2000+
+If these reach just 10% of the computerized population, then the
+total should reach over 200 billion Etexts given away this year.
+
+The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext
+Files by December 31, 2001. [10,000 x 100,000,000 = 1 Trillion]
+This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
+which is only ~5% of the present number of computer users.
+
+At our revised rates of production, we will reach only one-third
+of that goal by the end of 2001, or about 3,333 Etexts unless we
+manage to get some real funding; currently our funding is mostly
+from Michael Hart's salary at Carnegie-Mellon University, and an
+assortment of sporadic gifts; this salary is only good for a few
+more years, so we are looking for something to replace it, as we
+don't want Project Gutenberg to be so dependent on one person.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+
+All donations should be made to "Project Gutenberg/CMU": and are
+tax deductible to the extent allowable by law. (CMU = Carnegie-
+Mellon University).
+
+For these and other matters, please mail to:
+
+Project Gutenberg
+P. O. Box 2782
+Champaign, IL 61825
+
+When all other email fails. . .try our Executive Director:
+Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com>
+hart@pobox.com forwards to hart@prairienet.org and archive.org
+if your mail bounces from archive.org, I will still see it, if
+it bounces from prairienet.org, better resend later on. . . .
+
+We would prefer to send you this information by email.
+
+******
+
+To access Project Gutenberg etexts, use any Web browser
+to view http://promo.net/pg. This site lists Etexts by
+author and by title, and includes information about how
+to get involved with Project Gutenberg. You could also
+download our past Newsletters, or subscribe here. This
+is one of our major sites, please email hart@pobox.com,
+for a more complete list of our various sites.
+
+To go directly to the etext collections, use FTP or any
+Web browser to visit a Project Gutenberg mirror (mirror
+sites are available on 7 continents; mirrors are listed
+at http://promo.net/pg).
+
+Mac users, do NOT point and click, typing works better.
+
+Example FTP session:
+
+ftp metalab.unc.edu
+login: anonymous
+password: your@login
+cd pub/docs/books/gutenberg
+cd etext90 through etext99 or etext00 through etext01, etc.
+dir [to see files]
+get or mget [to get files. . .set bin for zip files]
+GET GUTINDEX.?? [to get a year's listing of books, e.g.,
+GUTINDEX.99]
+GET GUTINDEX.ALL [to get a listing of ALL books]
+
+***
+
+**Information prepared by the Project Gutenberg legal advisor**
+
+(Three Pages)
+
+
+***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START***
+Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers.
+They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
+your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from
+someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
+fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
+disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how
+you can distribute copies of this etext if you want to.
+
+*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT
+By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+etext, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
+this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive
+a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by
+sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
+you got it from. If you received this etext on a physical
+medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
+
+ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS
+This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-
+tm etexts, is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor
+Michael S. Hart through the Project Gutenberg Association at
+Carnegie-Mellon University (the "Project"). Among other
+things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
+on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
+distribute it in the United States without permission and
+without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth
+below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this etext
+under the Project's "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
+
+To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable
+efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
+works. Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any
+medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other
+things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
+disk or other etext medium, a computer virus, or computer
+codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
+But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
+[1] the Project (and any other party you may receive this
+etext from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
+legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
+UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
+OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of
+receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
+you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
+time to the person you received it from. If you received it
+on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
+such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement
+copy. If you received it electronically, such person may
+choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
+receive it electronically.
+
+THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
+TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
+the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
+above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
+may have other legal rights.
+
+INDEMNITY
+You will indemnify and hold the Project, its directors,
+officers, members and agents harmless from all liability, cost
+and expense, including legal fees, that arise directly or
+indirectly from any of the following that you do or cause:
+[1] distribution of this etext, [2] alteration, modification,
+or addition to the etext, or [3] any Defect.
+
+DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
+You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by
+disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
+"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
+or:
+
+[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this
+ requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
+ etext or this "small print!" statement. You may however,
+ if you wish, distribute this etext in machine readable
+ binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,
+ including any form resulting from conversion by word pro-
+ cessing or hypertext software, but only so long as
+ *EITHER*:
+
+ [*] The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
+ does *not* contain characters other than those
+ intended by the author of the work, although tilde
+ (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
+ be used to convey punctuation intended by the
+ author, and additional characters may be used to
+ indicate hypertext links; OR
+
+ [*] The etext may be readily converted by the reader at
+ no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
+ form by the program that displays the etext (as is
+ the case, for instance, with most word processors);
+ OR
+
+ [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
+ no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
+ etext in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
+ or other equivalent proprietary form).
+
+[2] Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this
+ "Small Print!" statement.
+
+[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Project of 20% of the
+ net profits you derive calculated using the method you
+ already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you
+ don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are
+ payable to "Project Gutenberg Association/Carnegie-Mellon
+ University" within the 60 days following each
+ date you prepare (or were legally required to prepare)
+ your annual (or equivalent periodic) tax return.
+
+WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
+The Project gratefully accepts contributions in money, time,
+scanning machines, OCR software, public domain etexts, royalty
+free copyright licenses, and every other sort of contribution
+you can think of. Money should be paid to "Project Gutenberg
+Association / Carnegie-Mellon University".
+
+We are planning on making some changes in our donation structure
+in 2000, so you might want to email me, hart@pobox.com beforehand.
+
+
+
+
+*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.04.29.93*END*
+
+
+
+
+
+This etext was prepared by David Price, email ccx074@coventry.ac.uk,
+from the 1886 Cassell & Co. edition.
+
+
+
+
+
+MY TEN YEARS' IMPRISONMENT
+
+by Silvio Pellico
+
+
+
+
+INTRODUCTION.
+
+
+
+Silvio Pellico was born at Saluzzo, in North Italy, in the year of
+the fall of the Bastille, 1789. His health as a child was feeble,
+his temper gentle, and he had the instincts of a poet. Before he
+was ten years old he had written a tragedy on a theme taken from
+Macpherson's Ossian. His chief delight as a boy was in acting plays
+with other children, and he acquired from his father a strong
+interest in the patriotic movements of the time. He fastened upon
+French literature during a stay of some years at Lyons with a
+relation of his mother's. Ugo Foscolo's Sepolcri revived his
+patriotism, and in 1810, at the age of twenty-one, he returned to
+Italy. He taught French in the Soldiers' Orphans' School at Milan.
+At Milan he was admitted to the friendship of Vincenzo Monti, a poet
+then touching his sixtieth year, and of the younger Ugo Foscolo, by
+whose writings he had been powerfully stirred, and to whom he became
+closely bound. Silvio Pellico wrote in classical form a tragedy,
+Laodicea, and then, following the national or romantic school, for a
+famous actress of that time, another tragedy, Francesca di Rimini,
+which was received with great applause.
+
+After the dissolution of the kingdom of Italy, in April 1814,
+Pellico became tutor to the two children of the Count Porro
+Lambertenghi, at whose table he met writers of mark, from many
+countries; Byron (whose Manfred he translated), Madame de Stael,
+Schlegel, Manzoni, and others. In 1819 Silvio Pellico began
+publishing Il Conciliatore, a journal purely literary, that was to
+look through literature to the life that it expresses, and so help
+towards the better future of his country. But the merciless
+excisions of inoffensive passages by the Austrian censorship
+destroyed the journal in a year.
+
+A secret political association had been formed in Italy of men of
+all ranks who called themselves the Carbonari (charcoal burners),
+and who sought the reform of government in Italy. In 1814 they had
+planned a revolution in Naples, but there was no action until 1820.
+After successful pressure on the King of the two Sicilies, the
+forces of the Carbonari under General Pepe entered Naples on the
+ninth of July, 1820, and King Ferdinand I. swore on the 13th of July
+to observe the constitution which the Carbonari had proclaimed at
+Nola and elsewhere during the preceding month. On the twenty-fifth
+of August, the Austrian government decreed death to every member of
+a secret society, and carcere duro e durissimo, severest pains of
+imprisonment, to all who had neglected to oppose the progress of
+Carbonarism. Many seizures were made, and on the 13th of October
+the gentle editor of the Conciliatore, Silvio Pellico, was arrested
+as a friend of the Carbonari, and taken to the prison of Santa
+Margherita in Milan.
+
+In the same month of October, the Emperors of Austria and Russia,
+and the Prince of Prussia met at Troppau to concert measures for
+crushing the Carbonari.
+
+In January, 1821, they met Ferdinand I. at Laybach and then took
+arms against Naples. Naples capitulated on the 20th of March, and
+on the 24th of March, 1821, its Revolutionary council was closed. A
+decree of April 10th condemned to death all persons who attended
+meetings of the Carbonari, and the result was a great accession to
+the strength of this secret society, which spread its branches over
+Germany and France.
+
+On the 19th of February, 1821, Silvio Pellico was transferred to
+imprisonment under the leads, on the isle of San Michele, Venice.
+There he wrote two plays, and some poems. On the 21st of February,
+1822, he and his friend Maroncelli were condemned to death; but,
+their sentence being commuted to twenty years for Maroncelli, and
+fifteen years for Pellico, of carcere duro, they entered their
+underground prisons at Spielberg on the 10th of April, 1822. The
+government refused to transmit Pellico's tragedies to his family,
+lest, though harmless in themselves, the acting of them should bring
+good-will to a state prisoner. At Spielberg he composed a third
+tragedy, Leoniero da Dordona, though deprived of books, paper, and
+pens, and preserved it in his memory. In 1828, a rumour of
+Pellico's death in prison caused great excitement throughout Italy.
+On the 17th of September, 1830, he was released, by the amnesty of
+that year, and, avoiding politics thenceforth, devoted himself to
+religion. The Marchesa Baroli, at Turin, provided for his
+maintenance, by engaging him as her secretary and librarian. With
+health made weaker by his sufferings, Silvio Pellico lived on to the
+age of sixty-five, much honoured by his countrymen. Gioberti
+dedicated a book to him as "The first of Italian Patriots." He died
+at Turin on the 1st of February, 1854.
+
+Silvio Pellico's account of his imprisonment, Le Mie Prigioni, was
+first published in Paris in 1833. It has been translated into many
+languages, and is the work by which he will retain his place in
+European literature. His other plays, besides the two first named,
+were Eufemia di Messina; Iginia di Asti; Leoniero da Dordona,
+already named as having been thought out at Spielberg; his Gismonda;
+l'Erodiade; Ester d'Engaddi; Corradino; and a play upon Sir Thomas
+More. He wrote also poems, Cantiche, of which the best are Eligi e
+Valfrido and Egilde; and, in his last years, a religious manual on
+the Duties of Men.
+
+H. M.
+
+
+
+AUTHOR'S PREFACE.
+
+
+
+Have I penned these memorials, let me ask myself, from any paltry
+vanity, or desire to talk about that self? I hope this is not the
+case, and forasmuch as one may be able to judge in one's own cause,
+I think I was actuated by better views. These, briefly, were to
+afford consolation to some unfortunate being, situated like myself,
+by explaining the evils to which I was exposed, and those sources of
+relief which I found were accessible, even when labouring under the
+heaviest misfortune; to bear witness, moreover, that in the midst of
+my acute and protracted torments, I never found humanity, in the
+human instruments around me, so hopelessly wicked, so unworthy of
+consideration, or so barren of noble minds in lowly station, as it
+is customary to represent it; to engage, if possible, all the
+generous and good-hearted to love and esteem each other, to become
+incapable of hating any one; to feel irreconcilable hatred only
+towards low, base falsehood; cowardice, perfidy, and every kind of
+moral degradation. It is my object to impress on all that well-
+known but too often forgotten truth, namely, that both religion and
+philosophy require calmness of judgment combined with energy of
+will, and that without such a union, there can be no real justice,
+no dignity of character, and no sound principles of human action.
+
+
+
+MY TEN YEARS' IMPRISONMENT
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+
+
+On Friday, the 15th of October, 1820, I was arrested at Milan, and
+conveyed to the prison of Santa Margherita. The hour was three in
+the afternoon. I underwent a long examination, which occupied the
+whole of that and several subsequent days; but of this I shall say
+nothing. Like some unfortunate lover, harshly dealt with by her he
+adored, yet resolved to bear it with dignified silence, I leave la
+Politica, such as SHE IS, and proceed to something else.
+
+At nine in the evening of that same unlucky Friday, the actuary
+consigned me to the jailer, who conducted me to my appointed
+residence. He there politely requested me to give up my watch, my
+money, and everything in my pockets, which were to be restored to me
+in due time; saying which he respectfully bade me good-night.
+
+"Stop, my dear sir," I observed, "I have not yet dined; let me have
+something to eat."
+
+"Directly; the inn is close by, and you will find the wine good,
+sir."
+
+"Wine I do not drink."
+
+At this announcement Signor Angiolino gave me a look of unfeigned
+surprise; he imagined that I was jesting. "Masters of prisons," he
+rejoined, "who keep shop, have a natural horror of an abstemious
+captive."
+
+"That may be; I don't drink it."
+
+"I am sorry for you, sir; you will feel solitude twice as heavily."
+
+But perceiving that I was firm, he took his leave; and in half an
+hour I had something to eat. I took a mouthful, swallowed a glass
+of water, and found myself alone. My chamber was on the ground
+floor, and overlooked the court-yard. Dungeons here, dungeons
+there, to the right, to the left, above, below, and opposite,
+everywhere met my eye. I leaned against the window, listened to the
+passing and repassing of the jailers, and the wild song of a number
+of the unhappy inmates. A century ago, I reflected, and this was a
+monastery; little then thought the pious, penitent recluses that
+their cells would now re-echo only to the sounds of blasphemy and
+licentious song, instead of holy hymn and lamentation from woman's
+lips; that it would become a dwelling for the wicked of every class-
+-the most part destined to perpetual labour or to the gallows. And
+in one century to come, what living being will be found in these
+cells? Oh, mighty Time! unceasing mutability of things! Can he who
+rightly views your power have reason for regret or despair when
+Fortune withdraws her smile, when he is made captive, or the
+scaffold presents itself to his eye? yesterday I thought myself one
+of the happiest of men; to-day every pleasure, the least flower that
+strewed my path, has disappeared. Liberty, social converse, the
+face of my fellow-man, nay, hope itself hath fled. I feel it would
+be folly to flatter myself; I shall not go hence, except to be
+thrown into still more horrible receptacles of sorrow; perhaps,
+bound, into the hands of the executioner. Well, well, the day after
+my death it will be all one as if I had yielded my spirit in a
+palace, and been conveyed to the tomb, accompanied with all the
+pageantry of empty honours.
+
+It was thus, by reflecting on the sweeping speed of time, that I
+bore up against passing misfortune. Alas, this did not prevent the
+forms of my father, my mother, two brothers, two sisters, and one
+other family I had learned to love as if it were my own, from all
+whom I was, doubtless, for ever cut off, from crossing my mind, and
+rendering all my philosophical reasoning of no avail. I was unable
+to resist the thought, and I wept even as a child.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+
+
+Three months previous to this time I had gone to Turin, where, after
+several years of separation, I saw my parents, one of my brothers,
+and two sisters. We had always been an attached family; no son had
+ever been more deeply indebted to a father and a mother than I; I
+remember I was affected at beholding a greater alteration in their
+looks, the progress of age, than I had expected. I indulged a
+secret wish to part from them no more, and soothe the pillow of
+departing age by the grateful cares of a beloved son. How it vexed
+me, too, I remember, during the few brief days I passed with them,
+to be compelled by other duties to spend so much of the day from
+home, and the society of those I had such reason to love and to
+revere; yes, and I remember now what my mother said one day, with an
+expression of sorrow, as I went out--"Ah! our Silvio has not come to
+Turin to see US!" The morning of my departure for Milan was a truly
+painful one. My poor father accompanied me about a mile on my way;
+and, on leaving me, I more than once turned to look at him, and,
+weeping, kissed the ring my mother had just given me; nor did I ever
+before quit my family with a feeling of such painful presentiment.
+I am not superstitious; but I was astonished at my own weakness, and
+I more than once exclaimed in a tone of terror, "Good God! whence
+comes this strange anxiety and alarm?" and, with a sort of inward
+vision, my mind seemed to behold the approach of some great
+calamity. Even yet in prison I retain the impression of that sudden
+dread and parting anguish, and can recall each word and every look
+of my distressed parents. The tender reproach of my mother, "Ah!
+Silvio has not come to Turin to see US!" seemed to hang like a
+weight upon my soul. I regretted a thousand instances in which I
+might have shown myself more grateful and agreeable to them; I did
+not even tell them how much I loved; all that I owed to them. I was
+never to see them more, and yet I turned my eyes with so much like
+indifference from their dear and venerable features! Why, why was I
+so chary of giving expression to what I felt (would they could have
+read it in my looks), to all my gratitude and love? In utter
+solitude, thoughts like these pierced me to the soul.
+
+I rose, shut the window, and sat some hours, in the idea that it
+would be in vain to seek repose. At length I threw myself on my
+pallet, and excessive weariness brought me sleep.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+
+
+To awake the first night in a prison is a horrible thing. Is it
+possible, I murmured, trying to collect my thoughts, is it possible
+I am here? Is not all that passed a dream? Did they really seize
+me yesterday? Was it I whom they examined from morning till night,
+who am doomed to the same process day after day, and who wept so
+bitterly last night when I thought of my dear parents? Slumber, the
+unbroken silence, and rest had, in restoring my mental powers, added
+incalculably to the capability of reflecting, and, consequently, of
+grief. There was nothing to distract my attention; my fancy grew
+busy with absent forms, and pictured, to my eye the pain and terror
+of my father and mother, and of all dear to me, on first hearing the
+tidings of my arrest.
+
+At this moment, said I, they are sleeping in peace; or perhaps,
+anxiety for me may keep them watching, yet little anticipating the
+fate to which I am here consigned. Happy for them, were it the will
+of God, that they should cease to exist ere they hear of this
+horrible misfortune. Who will give them strength to bear it? Some
+inward voice seemed to whisper me, He whom the afflicted look up to,
+love and acknowledge in their hearts; who enabled a mother to follow
+her son to the mount of Golgotha, and to stand under His cross. He,
+the friend of the unhappy, the friend of man.
+
+Strange this should be the first time I truly felt the power of
+religion in my heart; and to filial love did I owe this consolation.
+Though not ill-disposed, I had hitherto been little impressed with
+its truth, and had not well adhered to it. All common-place
+objections I estimated at their just value, yet there were many
+doubts and sophisms which had shaken my faith. It was long, indeed,
+since they had ceased to trouble my belief in the existence of the
+Deity; and persuaded of this, it followed necessarily, as part of
+His eternal justice, that there must be another life for man who
+suffers so unjustly here. Hence, I argued, the sovereign reason in
+man for aspiring to the possession of that second life; and hence,
+too, a worship founded on the love of God, and of his neighbour, and
+an unceasing impulse to dignify his nature by generous sacrifices.
+I had already made myself familiar with this doctrine, and I now
+repeated, "And what else is Christianity but this constant ambition
+to elevate and dignify our nature?" and I was astonished, when I
+reflected how pure, how philosophical, and how invulnerable the
+essence of Christianity manifested itself, that there could come an
+epoch when philosophy dared to assert, "From this time forth I will
+stand instead of a religion like this." And in what manner--by
+inculcating vice? Certainly not. By teaching virtue? Why that
+will be to teach us to love God and our neighbour; and that is
+precisely what Christianity has already done, on far higher and
+purer motives. Yet, notwithstanding such had, for years, been my
+opinion, I had failed to draw the conclusion, Then be a Christian!
+No longer let corruption and abuses, the work of man, deter you; no
+longer make stumbling-blocks of little points of doctrine, since the
+principal point, made thus irresistibly clear, is to love God and
+your neighbour.
+
+In prison I finally determined to admit this conclusion, and I
+admitted it. The fear, indeed, of appearing to others more
+religious than I had before been, and to yield more to misfortune
+than to conviction, made me sometimes hesitate; but feeling that I
+had done no wrong, I felt no debasement, and cared nothing to
+encounter the possible reproaches I had not deserved, resolving
+henceforward to declare myself openly a Christian.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+
+
+I adhered firmly to this resolution as time advanced; but the
+consideration of it was begun the first night of my captivity.
+Towards morning the excess of my grief had grown calmer, and I was
+even astonished at the change. On recalling the idea of my parents
+and others whom I loved, I ceased to despair of their strength of
+mind, and the recollection of those virtues which I knew they had
+long possessed gave me real consolation. Why had I before felt such
+great dismay on thinking of them, and now so much confidence in
+their strength of mind? Was this happy change miraculous, or the
+natural effect of my renewed belief in God? What avails the
+distinction, while the genuine sublime benefits of religion remain
+the same.
+
+At midnight two secondini (the under jailers are so termed) had paid
+me a visit, and found me in a very ill mood; in the morning they
+returned, and were surprised to see me so calm, and even cheerful.
+
+"Last night, sir, you had the face of a basilisk," said Tirola; "now
+you are quite another thing; I rejoice at it, if, indeed, it be a
+sign, forgive me the expression, that you are not a scoundrel. Your
+scoundrels (for I am an old hand at the trade, and my observations
+are worth something) are always more enraged the second day after
+their arrest than the first. Do you want some snuff?"
+
+"I do not take it, but will not refuse your offer. If I have not a
+gorgon-face this morning, it must surely be a proof of my utter
+insensibility, or easy belief of soon regaining my freedom."
+
+"I should doubt that, even though you were not in durance for state
+matters. At this time of day they are not so easily got over as you
+might think; you are not so raw as to imagine such a thing. Pardon
+me, but you will know more by and by."
+
+"Tell me, how come you to have so pleasant a look, living only, as
+you do, among the unfortunate?"
+
+"Why, sir, you will attribute it to indifference to others'
+sufferings; of a truth, I know not how it is; yet, I assure you, it
+often gives me pain to see the prisoners weep. Truly, I sometimes
+pretend to be merry to bring a smile upon their faces."
+
+"A thought has just struck me, my friend, which I never had before;
+it is, that a jailer may be made of very congenial clay."
+
+"Well, the trade has nothing to do with that, sir. Beyond that huge
+vault you see there, without the court-yard, is another court, and
+other prisons, all prepared for women. They are, sir, women of a
+certain class; yet are there some angels among them, as to a good
+heart. And if you were in my place, sir--"
+
+"I?" and I laughed out heartily.
+
+Tirola was quite disconcerted, and said no more. Perhaps he meant
+to imply that had I been a secondino, it would have been difficult
+not to become attached to some one or other of these unfortunates.
+
+He now inquired what I wished to take for breakfast, left me, and
+soon returned with my coffee. I looked hard at him, with a sort of
+malicious smile, as much as to say, "Would you carry me a bit of a
+note to an unhappy friend--to my friend Piero?" {1} He understood
+it, and answered with another: "No sir; and if you do not take heed
+how you ask any of my comrades, they will betray you."
+
+Whether or not we understood each other, it is certain I was ten
+times upon the point of asking him for a sheet of paper, &c.; but
+there was a something in his eye which seemed to warn me not to
+confide in any one about me, and still less to others than himself.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+
+
+Had Tirola, with his expression of good-nature, possessed a less
+roguish look, had there been something a little more dignified in
+his aspect, I should have tried to make him my ambassador; for
+perhaps a brief communication, if in time, might prevent my friend
+committing some fatal error, perhaps save him, poor fellow; besides
+several others, including myself: and too much was already known.
+Patience! it was fated to be thus.
+
+I was here recalled to be examined anew. The process continued
+through the day, and was again and again repeated, allowing me only
+a brief interval during dinner. While this lasted, the time seemed
+to pass rapidly; the excitement of mind produced by the endless
+series of questions put to me, and by going over them at dinner and
+at night, digesting all that had been asked and replied to,
+reflecting on what was likely to come, kept me in a state of
+incessant activity. At the end of the first week I had to endure a
+most vexatious affair. My poor friend Piero, eager as myself to
+have some communication, sent me a note, not by one of the jailers,
+but by an unfortunate prisoner who assisted them. He was an old man
+from sixty to seventy, and condemned to I know not how long a period
+of captivity. With a pin I had by me I pricked my finger, and
+scrawled with my blood a few lines in reply, which I committed to
+the same messenger. He was unluckily suspected, caught with the
+note upon him, and from the horrible cries that were soon heard, I
+conjectured that he was severely bastinadoed. At all events I never
+saw him more.
+
+On my next examination I was greatly irritated to see my note
+presented to me (luckily containing nothing but a simple
+salutation), traced in my blood. I was asked how I had contrived to
+draw the blood; was next deprived of my pin, and a great laugh was
+raised at the idea and detection of the attempt. Ah, I did not
+laugh, for the image of the poor old messenger rose before my eyes.
+I would gladly have undergone any punishment to spare the old man.
+I could not repress my tears when those piercing cries fell upon my
+ear. Vainly did I inquire of the jailers respecting his fate. They
+shook their heads, observing, "He has paid dearly for it, he will
+never do such like things again; he has a little more rest now."
+Nor would they speak more fully. Most probably they spoke thus on
+account of his having died under, or in consequence of, the
+punishment he had suffered; yet one day I thought I caught a glimpse
+of him at the further end of the court-yard, carrying a bundle of
+wood on his shoulders. I felt a beating of the heart as if I had
+suddenly recognised a brother.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+
+
+When I ceased to be persecuted with examinations, and had no longer
+anything to fill up my time, I felt bitterly the increasing weight
+of solitude. I had permission to retain a bible, and my Dante; the
+governor also placed his library at my disposal, consisting of some
+romances of Scuderi, Piazzi, and worse books still; but my mind was
+too deeply agitated to apply to any kind of reading whatever. Every
+day, indeed, I committed a canto of Dante to memory, an exercise so
+merely mechanical, that I thought more of my own affairs than the
+lines during their acquisition. The same sort of abstraction
+attended my perusal of other things, except, occasionally, a few
+passages of scripture. I had always felt attached to this divine
+production, even when I had not believed myself one of its avowed
+followers. I now studied it with far greater respect than before;
+yet my mind was often almost involuntarily bent upon other matters;
+and I knew not what I read. By degrees I surmounted this
+difficulty, and was able to reflect upon its great truths with
+higher relish than I had ever before done. This, in me, did not
+give rise to the least tendency to moroseness or superstition,
+nothing being more apt than misdirected devotion to weaken and
+distort the mind. With the love of God and mankind, it inspired me
+also with a veneration for justice, and an abhorrence of wickedness,
+along with a desire of pardoning the wicked. Christianity, instead
+of militating against anything good, which I had derived from
+Philosophy, strengthened it by the aid of logical deductions, at
+once more powerful and profound.
+
+Reading one day that it was necessary to pray without ceasing, and
+that prayer did not consist in many words uttered after the manner
+of the Pharisees, but in making every word and action accord with
+the will of God, I determined to commence with earnestness, to pray
+in the spirit with unceasing effort: in other words, to permit no
+one thought which should not be inspired by a wish to conform my
+whole life to the decrees of God.
+
+The forms I adopted were simple and few; not from contempt of them
+(I think them very salutary, and calculated to excite attention),
+but from the circumstance of my being unable to go through them at
+length, without becoming so far abstracted as to make me forget the
+solemn duty in which I am engaged. This habitual observance of
+prayer, and the reflection that God is omnipresent as well as
+omnipotent in His power to save, began ere long to deprive solitude
+of its horrors, and I often repeated, "Have I not the best society
+man can have?" and from this period I grew more cheerful, I even
+sang and whistled in the new joy of my heart. And why lament my
+captivity? Might not a sudden fever have carried me off? and would
+my friends then have grieved less over my fate than now? and cannot
+God sustain them even as He could under a more trying dispensation?
+And often did I offer up my prayers and fervent hopes that my dear
+parents might feel, as I myself felt, resigned to my lot; but tears
+frequently mingled with sweet recollections of home. With all this,
+my faith in God remained undisturbed, and I was not disappointed.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+
+
+To live at liberty is doubtless much better than living in a prison;
+but, even here, the reflection that God is present with us, that
+worldly joys are brief and fleeting, and that true happiness is to
+be sought in the conscience, not in external objects, can give a
+real zest to life. In less than one month I had made up my mind, I
+will not say perfectly, but in a tolerable degree, as to the part I
+should adopt. I saw that, being incapable of the mean action of
+obtaining impunity by procuring the destruction of others, the only
+prospect that lay before me was the scaffold, or long protracted
+captivity. It was necessary that I should prepare myself. I will
+live, I said to myself, so long as I shall be permitted, and when
+they take my life, I will do as the unfortunate have done before me;
+when arrived at the last moment, I can die. I endeavoured, as much
+as possible, not to complain, and to obtain every possible enjoyment
+of mind within my reach. The most customary was that of recalling
+the many advantages which had thrown a charm round my previous life;
+the best of fathers, of mothers, excellent brothers and sisters,
+many friends, a good education, and a taste for letters. Should I
+now refuse to be grateful to God for all these benefits, because He
+had pleased to visit me with misfortune? Sometimes, indeed, in
+recalling past scenes to mind, I was affected even to tears; but I
+soon recovered my courage and cheerfulness of heart.
+
+At the commencement of my captivity I was fortunate enough to meet
+with a friend. It was neither the governor, nor any of his under-
+jailers, nor any of the lords of the process-chamber. Who then?--a
+poor deaf and dumb boy, five or six years old, the offspring of
+thieves, who had paid the penalty of the law. This wretched little
+orphan was supported by the police, with several other boys in the
+same condition of life. They all dwelt in a room opposite my own,
+and were only permitted to go out at certain hours to breathe a
+little air in the yard. Little deaf and dumb used to come under my
+window, smiled, and made his obeisance to me. I threw him a piece
+of bread; he took it, and gave a leap of joy, then ran to his
+companions, divided it, and returned to eat his own share under the
+window. The others gave me a wistful look from a distance, but
+ventured no nearer, while the deaf and dumb boy expressed a sympathy
+for me; not, I found, affected, out of mere selfishness. Sometimes
+he was at a loss what to do with the bread I gave him, and made
+signs that he had eaten enough, as also his companions. When he saw
+one of the under-jailers going into my room, he would give him what
+he had got from me, in order to restore it to me. Yet he continued
+to haunt my window, and seemed rejoiced whenever I deigned to notice
+him. One day the jailer permitted him to enter my prison, when he
+instantly ran to embrace my knees, actually uttering a cry of joy.
+I took him up in my arms, and he threw his little hands about my
+neck, and lavished on me the tenderest caresses. How much affection
+in his smile and manner! how eagerly I longed to have him to
+educate, raise him from his abject condition, and snatch him,
+perhaps, from utter ruin. I never even learnt his name; he did not
+himself know that he had one. He seemed always happy, and I never
+saw him weep except once, and that was on being beaten, I know not
+why, by the jailer. Strange that he should be thus happy in a
+receptacle of so much pain and sorrow; yet he was light-hearted as
+the son of a grandee. From him I learnt, at least, that the mind
+need not depend on situation, but may be rendered independent of
+external things. Govern the imagination, and we shall be well,
+wheresoever we happen to be placed. A day is soon over, and if at
+night we can retire to rest without actual pain and hunger, it
+little matters whether it be within the walls of a prison, or of a
+kind of building which they call a palace. Good reasoning this; but
+how are we to contrive so to govern the imagination? I began to
+try, and sometimes I thought I had succeeded to a miracle; but at
+others the enchantress triumphed, and I was unexpectedly astonished
+to find tears starting into my eyes.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+
+
+I am so far fortunate, I often said, that they have given me a
+dungeon on the ground floor, near the court, where that dear boy
+comes within a few steps of me, to converse in our own mute
+language. We made immense progress in it; we expressed a thousand
+various feelings I had no idea we could do, by the natural
+expressions of the eye, the gesture, and the whole countenance.
+Wonderful human intelligence! How graceful were his motions! how
+beautiful his smile! how quickly he corrected whatever expression I
+saw of his that seemed to displease me! How well he understands I
+love him, when he plays with any of his companions! Standing only
+at my window to observe him, it seemed as if I possessed a kind of
+influence over his mind, favourable to his education. By dint of
+repeating the mutual exercise of signs, we should be enabled to
+perfect the communication of our ideas. The more instruction he
+gets, the more gentle and kind he becomes, the more he will be
+attached to me. To him I shall be the genius of reason and of good;
+he will learn to confide his sorrows to me, his pleasures, all he
+feels and wishes; I will console, elevate, and direct him in his
+whole conduct. It may be that this my lot may be protracted from
+month to month, even till I grow grey in my captivity. Perhaps this
+little child may continue to grow under my eye, and become one in
+the service of this large family of pain, and grief, and calamity.
+With such a disposition as he has already shown, what would become
+of him? Alas; he would at most be made only a good under-keeper, or
+fill some similar place. Yet I shall surely have conferred on him
+some benefit if I can succeed in giving him a desire to do kind
+offices to the good and to himself, and to nourish sentiments of
+habitual benevolence. This soliloquy was very natural in my
+situation; I was always fond of children, and the office of an
+instructor appeared to me a sublime duty. For a few years I had
+acted in that capacity with Giacomo and Giulio Porro, two young men
+of noble promise, whom I loved, and shall continue to love as if
+they were my own sons. Often while in prison were my thoughts
+busied with them; and how it grieved me not to be enabled to
+complete their education. I sincerely prayed that they might meet
+with a new master, who would be as much attached to them as I had
+been.
+
+At times I could not help exclaiming to myself, What a strange
+burlesque is all this! instead of two noble youths, rich in all that
+nature and fortune can endow them with, here I have a pupil, poor
+little fellow! deaf, dumb, a castaway; the son of a robber, who at
+most can aspire only to the rank of an under-jailer, and which, in a
+little less softened phraseology, would mean to say a sbirro. {2}
+This reflection confused and disquieted me; yet hardly did I hear
+the strillo {3} of my little dummy than I felt my heart grow warm
+again, just as a father when he hears the voice of a son. I lost
+all anxiety about his mean estate. It is no fault of his if he be
+lopped of Nature's fairest proportions, and was born the son of a
+robber. A humane, generous heart, in an age of innocence, is always
+respectable. I looked on him, therefore, from day to day with
+increased affection, and was more than ever desirous of cultivating
+his good qualities, and his growing intelligence. Nay, perhaps we
+might both live to get out of prison, when I would establish him in
+the college for the deaf and dumb, and thus open for him a path more
+fortunate and pleasing than to play the part of a shirro. Whilst
+thus pleasingly engaged in meditating his future welfare, two of the
+under-jailers one day walked into my cell.
+
+"You must change your quarters, sir!"
+
+"What mean you by that?"
+
+"We have orders to remove you into another chamber."
+
+"Why so?"
+
+"Some other great bird has been caged, and this being the better
+apartment--you understand."
+
+"Oh, yes! it is the first resting-place for the newly arrived."
+
+They conveyed me to the opposite side of the court, where I could no
+longer converse with my little deaf and dumb friend, and was far
+removed from the ground floor. In walking across, I beheld the poor
+boy sitting on the ground, overcome with grief and astonishment, for
+he knew he had lost me. Ere I quite disappeared, he ran towards me;
+my conductors tried to drive him away, but he reached me, and I
+caught him in my arms, and returned his caresses with expressions of
+tenderness I sought not to conceal. I tore myself from him, and
+entered my new abode.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+
+
+It was a dark and gloomy place; instead of glass it had pasteboard
+for the windows; the walls were rendered more repulsive by being
+hung with some wretched attempts at painting, and when free from
+this lugubrious colour, were covered with inscriptions. These last
+gave the name and country of many an unhappy inmate, with the date
+of the fatal day of their captivity. Some consisted of lamentations
+on the perfidy of false friends, denouncing their own folly, or
+women, or the judge who condemned them. Among a few were brief
+sketches of the victims' lives; still fewer embraced moral maxims.
+I found the following words of Pascal: "Let those who attack
+religion learn first what religion is. Could it boast of commanding
+a direct view of the Deity, without veil or mystery, it would be to
+attack that religion to say, 'that there is nothing seen in the
+world which displays Him with such clear evidence.' But since it
+rather asserts that man is involved in darkness, far from God, who
+is hidden from human knowledge, insomuch as to give Himself the name
+in scripture of 'Deus absconditus,' what advantage can the enemies
+of religion derive when, neglecting, as they profess to do, the
+science of truth, they complain that the truth is not made apparent
+to them?" Lower down was written (the words of the same author),
+"It is not here a question of some trivial interest relating to a
+stranger; it applies to ourselves, and to all we possess. The
+immortality of the soul is a question of that deep and momentous
+importance to all, as to imply an utter loss of reason to rest
+totally indifferent as to the truth or the fallacy of the
+proposition." Another inscription was to this effect: "I bless the
+hour of my imprisonment; it has taught me to know the ingratitude of
+man, my own frailty, and the goodness of God." Close to these words
+again appeared the proud and desperate imprecations of one who
+signed himself an Atheist, and who launched his impieties against
+the Deity, as if he had forgotten that he had just before said there
+was no God. Then followed another column, reviling the cowardly
+fools, as they were termed, whom captivity had converted into
+fanatics. I one day pointed out these strange impieties to one of
+the jailers, and inquired who had written them? "I am glad I have
+found this," was the reply, "there are so many of them, and I have
+so little time to look for them;" and he took his knife, and began
+to erase it as fast as he could.
+
+"Why do you do that?" I inquired of him.
+
+"Because the poor devil who wrote it was condemned to death for a
+cold-blooded murder; he repented, and made us promise to do him this
+kindness."
+
+"Heaven pardon him!" I exclaimed; "what was it he did?"
+
+"Why, as he found he could not kill his enemy, he revenged himself
+by slaying the man's son, one of the finest boys you ever saw."
+
+I was horror-struck. Could ferocity of disposition proceed to such
+lengths? and could a monster, capable of such a deed, hold the
+insulting language of a man superior to all human weaknesses? to
+murder the innocent, and a child!
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+
+
+In my new prison, black and filthy to an extreme, I sadly missed the
+society of my little dumb friend. I stood for hours in anxious,
+weary mood, at the window which looked over a gallery, on the other
+side of which could be seen the extremity of the court-yard, and the
+window of my former cell. Who had succeeded me there? I could
+discern his figure, as he paced quickly to and fro, apparently in
+violent agitation. Two or three days subsequently, I perceived that
+he had got writing materials, and remained busied at his little
+table the whole of the day. At length I recognised him. He came
+forth accompanied by his jailer; he was going to be examined, when I
+saw he was no other than Melchiorre Gioja. {4} It went to my heart:
+"You, too, noble, excellent man, have not escaped!" Yet he was more
+fortunate than I. After a few months' captivity, he regained his
+liberty. To behold any really estimable being always does me good;
+it affords me pleasant matter for reflection, and for esteem--both
+of great advantage. I could have laid down my life to save such a
+man from captivity; yet merely to see him was some consolation to
+me. After regarding him intently, some time, to ascertain if he
+were tranquil or agitated, I offered up a heart-felt prayer for his
+deliverance; I felt my spirits revived, a greater flow of ideas, and
+greater satisfaction with myself. Such an incident as this has a
+charm for utter solitude, of which you can form no idea without
+experiencing it. A poor dumb boy had before supplied me with this
+real enjoyment, and I now derived it from a distant view of a man of
+distinguished merit.
+
+Perhaps some one of the jailers had informed him where I was. One
+morning, on opening his window, he waved his handkerchief in token
+of salutation, and I replied in the same manner. I need not
+describe the pleasure I felt; it appeared as if we were no longer
+separated; and we discoursed in the silent intercourse of the
+spirit, which, when every other medium is cut off, in the least
+look, gesture, or signal of any kind, can make itself comprehended
+and felt.
+
+It was with no small pleasure I anticipated a continuation of this
+friendly communication. Day after day, however, went on, and I was
+never more gratified by the appearance of the same favourite
+signals. Yet I frequently saw my friend at his window; I waved my
+handkerchief, but in vain; he answered it no more. I was now
+informed by our jailers, that Gioja had been strictly prohibited
+from exciting my notice, or replying to it in any manner.
+Notwithstanding, he still continued to look at me, and I at him, and
+in this way, we conversed upon a great variety of subjects, which
+helped to keep us alive.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+
+
+Along the same gallery, upon a level with my prison, I saw other
+prisoners passing and repassing the whole day to the place of
+examination. They were, for the chief part, of lowly condition, but
+occasionally one or two of better rank. All, however, attracted my
+attention, brief as was the sight of them, and I truly
+compassionated them. So sorrowful a spectacle for some time filled
+me with grief, but by degrees I became habituated to it, and at last
+it rather relieved than added to the horror of my solitude. A
+number of women, also, who had been arrested, passed by. There was
+a way from the gallery, through a large vault, leading to another
+court, and in that part were placed the female prisoners, and others
+labouring under disease. A single wall, and very slight, separated
+my dwelling from that of some of the women. Sometimes I was almost
+deafened with their songs, at others with their bursts of maddened
+mirth. Late at evening, when the din of day had ceased, I could
+hear them conversing, and, had I wished, I could easily have joined
+with them. Was it timidity, pride, or prudence which restrained me
+from all communication with the unfortunate and degraded of their
+sex? Perhaps it partook of all. Woman, when she is what she ought
+to be, is for me a creature so admirable, so sublime, the mere
+seeing, hearing, and speaking to her, enriches my mind with such
+noble fantasies; but rendered vile and despicable, she disturbs, she
+afflicts, she deprives my heart, as it were, of all its poetry and
+its love. Spite of this, there were among those feminine voices,
+some so very sweet that, there is no use in denying it, they were
+dear to me. One in particular surpassed the rest; I heard it more
+seldom, and it uttered nothing unworthy of its fascinating tone.
+She sung little and mostly kept repeating these two pathetic lines:-
+
+
+Chi rende alla meschina
+La sua felicita?
+
+Ah, who will give the lost one
+Her vanished dream of bliss?
+
+
+At other times, she would sing from the litany. Her companions
+joined with her; but still I could discern the voice of Maddalene
+from all others, which seemed only to unite for the purpose of
+robbing me of it. Sometimes, too, when her companions were
+recounting to her their various misfortunes, I could hear her
+pitying them; could catch even her very sighs, while she invariably
+strove to console them: "Courage, courage, my poor dear," she one
+day said, "God is very good, and He will not abandon us."
+
+How could I do otherwise than imagine she was beautiful, more
+unfortunate than guilty, naturally virtuous, and capable of
+reformation? Who would blame me because I was affected with what
+she said, listened to her with respect, and offered up my prayers
+for her with more than usual earnestness of heart. Innocence is
+sacred, and repentance ought to be equally respected. Did the most
+perfect of men, the Divinity on earth, refuse to cast a pitying eye
+on weak, sinful women; to respect their fear and confusion, and rank
+them among the minds he delighted to consort with and to honour? By
+what law, then, do we act, when we treat with so much contempt women
+fallen into ignominy?
+
+While thus reasoning, I was frequently tempted to raise my voice and
+speak, as a brother in misfortune, to poor Maddalene. I had often
+even got out the first syllable; and how strange! I felt my heart
+beat like an enamoured youth of fifteen; I who had reached thirty-
+one; and it seemed as if I should never be able to pronounce the
+name, till I cried out almost in a rage, "Mad! Mad!" yes, mad
+enough, thought I.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+
+
+Thus ended my romance with that poor unhappy one; yet it did not
+fail to produce me many sweet sensations during several weeks.
+Often, when steeped in melancholy, would her sweet calm voice
+breathe consolation to my spirit; when, dwelling on the meanness and
+ingratitude of mankind, I became irritated, and hated the world, the
+voice of Maddalene gently led me back to feelings of compassion and
+indulgence.
+
+How I wish, poor, unknown, kind-hearted repentant one, that no heavy
+punishment may befall thee. And whatever thou shalt suffer, may it
+well avail thee, re-dignify thy nature, and teach thee to live and
+die to thy Saviour and thy Lord. Mayest thou meet compassion and
+respect from all around thee, as thou didst from me a stranger to
+thee. Mayest thou teach all who see thee thy gentle lesson of
+patience, sweetness, the love of virtue, and faith in God, with
+which thou didst inspire him who loved without having beheld thee.
+Perhaps I erred in thinking thee beautiful, but, sure I am, thou
+didst wear the beauty of the soul. Thy conversation, though spoken
+amidst grossness and corruption of every kind, was ever chaste and
+graceful; whilst others imprecated, thou didst bless; when eager in
+contention, thy sweet voice still pacified, like oil upon the
+troubled waters. If any noble mind hath read thy worth, and
+snatched thee from an evil career; hath assisted thee with delicacy,
+and wiped the tears from thy eyes, may every reward heaven can give
+be his portion, that of his children, and of his children's
+children!
+
+Next to mine was another prison occupied by several men. I also
+heard THEIR conversation. One seemed of superior authority, not so
+much probably from any difference of rank, as owing to greater
+eloquence and boldness. He played, what may musically be termed,
+the first fiddle. He stormed himself, yet put to silence those who
+presumed to quarrel by his imperious voice. He dictated the tone of
+the society, and after some feeble efforts to throw off his
+authority they submitted, and gave the reins into his hands.
+
+There was not a single one of those unhappy men who had a touch of
+that in him to soften the harshness of prison hours, to express one
+kindly sentiment, one emanation of religion, or of love. The chief
+of these neighbours of mine saluted me, and I replied. He asked me
+how I contrived to pass such a cursed dull life? I answered, that
+it was melancholy, to be sure; but no life was a cursed one to me,
+and that to our last hour, it was best to do all to procure oneself
+the pleasure of thinking and of loving.
+
+"Explain, sir, explain what you mean!"
+
+I explained, but was not understood. After many ingenious attempts,
+I determined to clear it up in the form of example, and had the
+courage to bring forward the extremely singular and moving effect
+produced upon me by the voice of Maddalene; when the magisterial
+head of the prison burst into a violent fit of laughter. "What is
+all that, what is that?" cried his companions. He then repeated my
+words with an air of burlesque; peals of laughter followed, and I
+there stood, in their eyes, the picture of a convicted blockhead.
+
+As it is in prison, so it is in the world. Those who make it their
+wisdom to go into passions, to complain, to defy, to abuse, think
+that to pity, to love, to console yourself with gentle and beautiful
+thoughts and images, in accord with humanity and its great Author,
+is all mere folly.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+
+
+I let them laugh and said not a word; they hit at me again two or
+three times, but I was mute. "He will come no more near the
+window," said one, "he will hear nothing but the sighs of Maddalene;
+we have offended him with laughing." At length, the chief imposed
+silence upon the whole party, all amusing themselves at my expense.
+"Silence, beasts as you are; devil a bit you know what you are
+talking about. Our neighbour is none so long eared an animal as you
+imagine. You do not possess the power of reflection, no not you. I
+grin and joke; but afterwards I reflect. Every low-born clown can
+stamp and roar, as we do here. Grant a little more real
+cheerfulness, a spark more of charity, a bit more faith in the
+blessing of heaven;--what do you imagine that all this would be a
+sign of?" "Now, that I also reflect," replied one, "I fancy it
+would be a sign of being a little less of a brute."
+
+"Bravo!" cried his leader, in a most stentorian howl! "now I begin
+to have some hope of you."
+
+I was not overproud at being thus rated a LITTLE LESS OF A BRUTE
+than the rest; yet I felt a sort of pleasure that these wretched men
+had come to some agreement as to the importance of cultivating, in
+some degree, more benevolent sentiments.
+
+I again approached the window, the chief called me, and I answered,
+hoping that I might now moralise with him in my own way. I was
+deceived; vulgar minds dislike serious reasoning; if some noble
+truth start up, they applaud for a moment, but the next withdraw
+their notice, or scruple not to attempt to shine by questioning, or
+aiming to place it in some ludicrous point of view.
+
+I was next asked if I were imprisoned for debt?
+
+"Perhaps you are paying the penalty of a false oath, then?"
+
+"No, it is quite a different thing."
+
+"An affair of love, most likely, I guess?"
+
+"No."
+
+"You have killed a man, mayhap?"
+
+"No."
+
+"It's for carbonarism, then?"
+
+"Exactly so."
+
+"And who are these carbonari?"
+
+"I know so little of them, I cannot tell you."
+
+Here a jailer interrupted us in great anger; and after commenting on
+the gross improprieties committed by my neighbours, he turned
+towards me, not with the gravity of a sbirro, but the air of a
+master: "For shame, sir, for shame! to think of talking to men of
+this stamp! do you know, sir, that they are all robbers?"
+
+I reddened up, and then more deeply for having shown I blushed, and
+methought that to deign to converse with the unhappy of however
+lowly rank, was rather a mark of goodness than a fault.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+
+
+
+Next morning I went to my window to look for Melchiorre Gioja; but
+conversed no more with the robbers. I replied to their salutation,
+and added, that I had been forbidden to hold conversation. The
+secretary who had presided at my examinations, told me with an air
+of mystery, I was about to receive a visit. After a little further
+preparation, he acquainted me that it was my father; and so saying,
+bade me follow him. I did so, in a state of great agitation,
+assuming at the same time an appearance of perfect calmness in order
+not to distress my unhappy parent. Upon first hearing of my arrest,
+he had been led to suppose it was for some trifling affair, and that
+I should soon be set at liberty. Finding his mistake, however, he
+had now come to solicit the Austrian government on my account.
+Here, too, he deluded himself, for he never imagined I could have
+been rash enough to expose myself to the penalty of the laws, and
+the cheerful tone in which I now spoke persuaded him that there was
+nothing very serious in the business.
+
+The few words that were permitted to pass between us gave me
+indescribable pain; the more so from the restraint I had placed upon
+my feelings. It was yet more difficult at the moment of parting.
+In the existing state of things, as regarded Italy, I felt convinced
+that Austria would make some fearful examples, and that I should be
+condemned either to death or long protracted imprisonment. It was
+my object to conceal this from my father and to flatter his hopes at
+a moment when I was inquiring for a mother, brother, and sisters,
+whom I never expected to behold more. Though I knew it to be
+impossible, I even calmly requested of him that he would come and
+see me again, while my heart was wrung with the bitter conflict of
+my feelings. He took his leave, filled with the same agreeable
+delusion, and I painfully retraced my steps back into my dungeon. I
+thought that solitude would now be a relief to me; that to weep
+would somewhat ease my burdened heart? yet, strange to say, I could
+not shed a tear. The extreme wretchedness of feeling this inability
+even to shed tears excites, under some of the heaviest calamities,
+is the severest trial of all, and I have often experienced it.
+
+An acute fever, attended by severe pains in my head, followed this
+interview. I could not take any nourishment; and I often said, how
+happy it would be for me, were it indeed to prove mortal. Foolish
+and cowardly wish! heaven refused to hear my prayer, and I now feel
+grateful that it did. Though a stern teacher, adversity fortifies
+the mind, and renders man what he seems to have been intended for;
+at least, a good man, a being capable of struggling with difficulty
+and danger; presenting an object not unworthy, even in the eyes of
+the old Romans, of the approbation of the gods.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV.
+
+
+
+Two days afterwards I again saw my father. I had rested well the
+previous night, and was free from fever; before him I preserved the
+same calm and even cheerful deportment, so that no one could have
+suspected I had recently suffered, and still continued to suffer so
+much. "I am in hopes," observed my father, "that within a very few
+days we shall see you at Turin. Your mother has got your old room
+in readiness, and we are all expecting you to come. Pressing
+affairs now call me away, but lose no time, I entreat you, in
+preparing to rejoin us once more." His kind and affecting
+expressions added to my grief. Compassion and filial piety, not
+unmingled with a species of remorse, induced me to feign assent; yet
+afterwards I reflected how much more worthy it had been, both of my
+father and myself, to have frankly told him that most probably, we
+should never see each other again, at least in this world. Let us
+take farewell like men, without a murmur and without a tear, and let
+me receive the benediction of a father before I die. As regarded
+myself, I should wish to have adopted language like that; but when I
+gazed on his aged and venerable features, and his grey hairs,
+something seemed to whisper me, that it would be too much for the
+affectionate old man to bear; and the words died in my heart. Good
+God! I thought, should he know the extent of the EVIL, he might,
+perhaps, run distracted, such is his extreme attachment to me: he
+might fall at my feet, or even expire before my eyes. No! I could
+not tell him the truth, nor so much as prepare him for it; we shed
+not a tear, and he took his departure in the same pleasing delusion
+as before. On returning into my dungeon I was seized in the same
+manner, and with still more aggravated suffering, as I had been
+after the last interview; and, as then, my anguish found no relief
+from tears.
+
+I had nothing now to do but resign myself to all the horrors of long
+captivity, and to the sentence of death. But to prepare myself to
+bear the idea of the immense load of grief that must fall on every
+dear member of my family, on learning my lot, was beyond my power.
+It haunted me like a spirit, and to fly from it I threw myself on my
+knees, and in a passion of devotion uttered aloud the following
+prayer:- "My God! from thy hand I will accept all--for me all: but
+deign most wonderfully to strengthen the hearts of those to whom I
+was so very dear! Grant thou that I may cease to be such to them
+now; and that not the life of the least of them may be shortened by
+their care for me, even by a single day!"
+
+Strange! wonderful power of prayer! for several hours my mind was
+raised to a contemplation of the Deity, and my confidence in His
+goodness proportionately increased; I meditated also on the dignity
+of the human mind when, freed from selfishness, it exerts itself to
+will only that which is the will of eternal wisdom. This can be
+done, and it is man's duty to do it. Reason, which is the voice of
+the Deity, teaches us that it is right to submit to every sacrifice
+for the sake of virtue. And how could the sacrifice which we owe to
+virtue be completed, if in the most trying afflictions we struggle
+against the will of Him who is the source of all virtue? When death
+on the scaffold, or any other species of martyrdom becomes
+inevitable, it is a proof of wretched degradation, or ignorance, not
+to be able to approach it with blessing upon our lips. Nor is it
+only necessary we should submit to death, but to the affliction
+which we know those most dear to us must suffer on our account. All
+it is lawful for us to ask is, that God will temper such affliction,
+and that he will direct us all, for such a prayer is always sure to
+be accepted.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI.
+
+
+
+For a period of some days I continued in the same state of mind; a
+sort of calm sorrow, full of peace, affection, and religious
+thoughts. I seemed to have overcome every weakness, and as if I
+were no longer capable of suffering new anxiety. Fond delusion! it
+is man's duty to aim at reaching as near to perfection as possible,
+though he can never attain it here. What now disturbed me was the
+sight of an unhappy friend, my good Piero, who passed along the
+gallery within a few yards of me, while I stood at my window. They
+were removing him from his cell into the prison destined for
+criminals. He was hurried by so swiftly that I had barely time to
+recognise him, and to receive and return his salutation.
+
+Poor young man! in the flower of his age, with a genius of high
+promise, of frank, upright, and most affectionate disposition, born
+with a keen zest of the pleasures of existence, to be at once
+precipitated into a dungeon, without the remotest hope of escaping
+the severest penalty of the laws. So great was my compassion for
+him, and my regret at being unable to afford him the slightest
+consolation, that it was long before I could recover my composure of
+mind. I knew how tenderly he was attached to every member of his
+numerous family, how deeply interested in promoting their happiness,
+and how devotedly his affection was returned. I was sensible what
+must be the affliction of each and all under so heavy a calamity.
+Strange, that though I had just reconciled myself to the idea in my
+own case, a sort of phrensy seized my mind when I depicted the
+scene; and it continued so long that I began to despair of mastering
+it.
+
+Dreadful as this was, it was still but an illusion. Ye afflicted
+ones, who believe yourselves victims of some irresistible, heart-
+rending, and increasing grief, suffer a little while with patience,
+and you will be undeceived. Neither perfect peace, nor utter
+wretchedness can be of long continuance here below. Recollect this
+truth, that you may not become unduly elevated in prosperity, and
+despicable under the trials which assuredly await you. A sense of
+weariness and apathy succeeded the terrible excitement I had
+undergone. But indifference itself is transitory, and I had some
+fear lest I should continue to suffer without relief under these
+wretched extremes of feeling. Terrified at the prospect of such a
+future, I had recourse once more to the only Being from whom I could
+hope to receive strength to bear it, and devoutly bent down in
+prayer. I beseeched the Father of mercies to befriend my poor
+deserted Piero, even as myself, and to support his family no less
+than my own. By constant repetition of prayers like these, I became
+perfectly calm and resigned.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII.
+
+
+
+It was then I reflected upon my previous violence; I was angry at my
+own weakness and folly, and sought means of remedying them. I had
+recourse to the following expedient. Every morning, after I had
+finished my devotions, I set myself diligently to work to recall to
+mind every possible occurrence of a trying and painful kind, such as
+a final parting from my dearest friends and the approach of the
+executioner. I did this not only in order to inure my nerves to
+bear sudden or dreadful incidents, too surely my future portion, but
+that I might not again be taken unawares. At first this melancholy
+task was insupportable, but I persevered; and in a short time became
+reconciled to it.
+
+In the spring of 1821 Count Luigi Porro {5} obtained permission to
+see me. Our warm friendship, the eagerness to communicate our
+mutual feelings, and the restraint imposed by the presence of an
+imperial secretary, with the brief time allowed us, the
+presentiments I indulged, and our efforts to appear calm, all led me
+to expect that I should be thrown into a state of fearful
+excitement, worse than I had yet suffered. It was not so; after
+taking his leave I remained calm; such to me proved the signal
+efficacy of guarding against the assault of sudden and violent
+emotions. The task I set myself to acquire, constant calmness of
+mind, arose less from a desire to relieve my unhappiness than from a
+persuasion how undignified, unworthy, and injurious, was a temper
+opposite to this, I mean a continued state of excitement and
+anxiety. An excited mind ceases to reason; carried away by a
+resistless torrent of wild ideas, it forms for itself a sort of mad
+logic, full of anger and malignity; it is in a state at once as
+absolutely unphilosophical as it is unchristian.
+
+If I were a divine I should often insist upon the necessity of
+correcting irritability and inquietude of character; none can be
+truly good without that be effected. How nobly pacific, both with
+regard to himself and others, was He whom we are all bound to
+imitate. There is no elevation of mind, no justice without
+moderation in principles and ideas, without a pervading spirit which
+inclines us rather to smile at, than fall into a passion with, the
+events of this little life. Anger is never productive of any good,
+except in the extremely rare case of being employed to humble the
+wicked, and to terrify them from pursuing the path of crime, even as
+the usurers were driven by an angry Saviour, from polluting his holy
+Temple. Violence and excitement, perhaps, differing altogether from
+what I felt, are no less blamable. Mine was the mania of despair
+and affliction: I felt a disposition, while suffering under its
+horrors, to hate and to curse mankind. Several individuals, in
+particular, appeared to my imagination depicted in the most
+revolting colours. It is a sort of moral epidemic, I believe,
+springing from vanity and selfishness; for when a man despises and
+detests his fellow-creatures, he necessarily assumes that he is much
+better than the rest of the world. The doctrine of such men amounts
+to this:- "Let us admire only one another, if we turn the rest of
+mankind into a mere mob, we shall appear like demi-gods on earth."
+It is a curious fact that living in a state of hostility and rage
+actually affords pleasure; it seems as if people thought there was a
+species of heroism in it. If, unfortunately, the object of our
+wrath happens to die, we lose no time in finding some one to fill
+the vacant place. Whom shall I attack next, whom shall I hate? Ah!
+is that the villain I was looking out for? What a prize! Now my
+friends, at him, give him no quarter. Such is the world, and,
+without uttering a libel, I may add that it is not what it ought to
+be.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII.
+
+
+
+It showed no great malignity, however, to complain of the horrible
+place in which they had incarcerated me, but fortunately another
+room became vacant, and I was agreeably surprised on being informed
+that I was to have it. Yet strangely enough, I reflected with
+regret that I was about to leave the vicinity of Maddalene. Instead
+of feeling rejoiced, I mourned over it with almost childish feeling.
+I had always attached myself to some object, even from motives
+comparatively slight. On leaving my horrible abode, I cast back a
+glance at the heavy wall against which I had so often supported
+myself, while listening as closely as possible to the gentle voice
+of the repentant girl. I felt a desire to hear, if only for the
+last time, those two pathetic lines, -
+
+
+Chi rende alla meschina
+La sua felicita?
+
+
+Vain hope! here was another separation in the short period of my
+unfortunate life. But I will not go into any further details, lest
+the world should laugh at me, though it would be hypocrisy in me to
+affect to conceal that, for several days after, I felt melancholy at
+this imaginary parting.
+
+While going out of my dungeon I also made a farewell signal to two
+of the robbers, who had been my neighbours, and who were then
+standing at their window. Their chief also got notice of my
+departure, ran to the window, and repeatedly saluted me. He began
+likewise to sing the little air, Chi rende alla meschina; and was
+this, thought I, merely to ridicule me? No doubt that forty out of
+fifty would say decidedly, "It was!" In spite, however, of being
+outvoted, I incline to the opinion that the GOOD ROBBER meant it
+kindly; and, as such I received it, and gave him a look of thanks.
+He saw it, and thrust his arm through the bars, and waved his cap,
+nodding kindly to me as I turned to go down the stairs.
+
+Upon reaching the yard below, I was further consoled by a sight of
+the little deaf and dumb boy. He saw me, and instantly ran towards
+me with a look of unfeigned delight. The wife of the jailer,
+however, Heaven knows why, caught hold of the little fellow, and
+rudely thrusting him back, drove him into the house. I was really
+vexed; and yet the resolute little efforts he made even then to
+reach me, gave me indescribable pleasure at the moment, so pleasing
+it is to find that one is really loved. This was a day full of
+great adventures for ME; a few steps further I passed the window of
+my old prison, now the abode of Gioja: "How are you, Melchiorre?" I
+exclaimed as I went by. He raised his head, and getting as near me
+as it was POSSIBLE, cried out, "How do you do, Silvio?" They would
+not let me stop a single moment; I passed through the great gate,
+ascended a flight of stairs, which brought us to a large, well-swept
+room, exactly over that occupied by Gioja. My bed was brought after
+me, and I was then left to myself by my conductors. My first object
+was to examine the walls; I met with several inscriptions, some
+written with charcoal, others in pencil, and a few incised with some
+sharp point. I remember there were some very pleasing verses in
+French, and I am sorry I forgot to commit them to mind. They were
+signed "The duke of Normandy." I tried to sing them, adapting to
+them, as well as I could, the favourite air of my poor Maddalene.
+What was my surprise to hear a voice, close to me, reply in the same
+words, sung to another air. When he had finished, I cried out,
+"Bravo!" and he saluted me with great respect, inquiring if I were a
+Frenchman.
+
+"No; an Italian, and my name is Silvio Pellico."
+
+"The author of Francesca da Rimini?" {6}
+
+"The same."
+
+Here he made me a fine compliment, following it with the condolences
+usual on such occasions, upon hearing I had been committed to
+prison. He then inquired of what part of Italy I was a native.
+"Piedmont," was the reply; "I am from Saluzzo." Here I was treated
+to another compliment, on the character and genius of the
+Piedmontese, in particular, the celebrated men of Saluzzo, at the
+head of whom he ranked Bodoni. {7} All this was said in an easy
+refined tone, which showed the man of the world, and one who had
+received a good education.
+
+"Now, may I be permitted," said I, "to inquire who you are, sir?"
+
+"I heard you singing one of my little songs," was the reply.
+
+"What! the two beautiful stanzas upon the wall are yours!"
+
+"They are, sir."
+
+"You are, therefore,--"
+
+"The unfortunate duke of Normandy."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX.
+
+
+
+The jailer at that moment passed under our windows, and ordered us
+to be silent.
+
+What can he mean by the unfortunate duke of Normandy? thought I,
+musing to myself. Ah! is not that the title said to be assumed by
+the son of Louis XVI.? but that unhappy child is indisputably no
+more. Then my neighbour must be one of those unlucky adventurers
+who have undertaken to bring him to life again. Not a few had
+already taken upon themselves to personate this Louis XVII., and
+were proved to be impostors; how is my new acquaintance entitled to
+greater credit for his pains?
+
+Although I tried to give him the advantage of a doubt, I felt an
+insurmountable incredulity upon the subject, which was not
+subsequently removed. At the same time, I determined not to mortify
+the unhappy man, whatever sort of absurdity he might please to
+hazard before my face.
+
+A few minutes afterwards he began again to sing, and we soon renewed
+our conversation. In answer to my inquiry, "What is your real
+name?" he replied, "I am no other than Louis XVII." And he then
+launched into very severe invectives against his uncle, Louis
+XVIII., the usurper of his just and natural rights.
+
+"But why," said I, "did you not prefer your claims at the period of
+the restoration?"
+
+"I was unable, from extreme illness, to quit the city of Bologna.
+The moment I was better I hastened to Paris; I presented myself to
+the allied monarchs, but the work was done. The good Prince of
+Conde knew, and received me with open arms, but his friendship
+availed me not. One evening, passing through a lonely street, I was
+suddenly attacked by assassins, and escaped with difficulty. After
+wandering through Normandy, I returned into Italy, and stopped some
+time at Modena. Thence I wrote to the allied powers, in particular
+to the Emperor Alexander, who replied to my letter with expressions
+of the greatest kindness. I did not then despair of obtaining
+justice, or, at all events, if my rights were to be sacrificed, of
+being allowed a decent provision, becoming a prince. But I was
+arrested, and handed over to the Austrian government. During eight
+months I have been here buried alive, and God knows when I shall
+regain my freedom."
+
+I begged him to give me a brief sketch of his life. He told me very
+minutely what I already knew relating to Louis XVII. and the cruel
+Simon, and of the infamous calumnies that wretch was induced to
+utter respecting the unfortunate queen, &c. Finally he said, that
+while in prison, some persons came with an idiot boy of the name of
+Mathurin, who was substituted for him, while he himself was carried
+off. A coach and four was in readiness; one of the horses was
+merely a wooden-machine, in the interior of which he was concealed.
+Fortunately, they reached the confines, and the General (he gave me
+the name, which has escaped me) who effected his release, educated
+him for some time with the attention of a father, and subsequently
+sent, or accompanied him, to America. There the young king, without
+a sceptre, had room to indulge his wandering disposition; he was
+half famished in the forests; became at length a soldier, and
+resided some time, in good credit, at the court of the Brazils.
+There, too, he was pursued and persecuted, till compelled to make
+his escape. He returned to Europe towards the close of Napoleon's
+career, was kept a close prisoner at Naples by Murat; and, at last,
+when he was liberated, and in full preparation to reclaim the throne
+of France, he was seized with that unlucky illness at Bologna,
+during which Louis XVIII. was permitted to assume his nephew's
+crown.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX.
+
+
+
+All this he related with an air of remarkable frankness and truth.
+Although not justified in believing him, I nevertheless was
+astonished at his knowledge of the most minute facts connected with
+the revolution. He spoke with much natural fluency, and his
+conversation abounded with a variety of curious anecdotes. There
+was something also of the soldier in his expression, without showing
+any want of that sort of elegance resulting from an intercourse with
+the best society.
+
+"Will it be permitted me," I inquired, "to converse with you on
+equal terms, without making use of any titles?"
+
+"That is what I myself wish you to do," was the reply. "I have at
+least reaped one advantage from adversity; I have learnt to smile at
+all these vanities. I assure you that I value myself more upon
+being a man, than having been born a prince."
+
+We were in the habit of conversing together both night and morning,
+for a considerable time; and, in spite of what I considered the
+comic part of his character, he appeared to be of a good
+disposition, frank, affable, and interested in the virtue and
+happiness of mankind. More than once I was on the point of saying,
+"Pardon me; I wish I could believe you were Louis XVII., but I
+frankly confess I cannot prevail on myself to believe it; be equally
+sincere, I entreat you, and renounce this singular fiction of
+yours." I had even prepared to introduce the subject with an
+edifying discourse upon the vanity of all imposture, even of such
+untruths as may appear in themselves harmless.
+
+I put off my purpose from day to day; I partly expected that we
+should grow still more friendly and confidential, but I had never
+the heart really to try the experiment upon his feelings. When I
+reflect upon this want of resolution, I sometimes attempt to
+reconcile myself to it on the ground of proper urbanity,
+unwillingness to give offence, and other reasons of the kind. Still
+these excuses are far from satisfying me; I cannot disguise that I
+ought not to have permitted my dislike to preaching him a sermon to
+stand in the way of speaking my real sentiments. To affect to give
+credit to imposture of any kind is miserable weakness, such as I
+think I should not, even in similar circumstances, exhibit again.
+At the same time, it must be confessed that, preface it as you will,
+it is a harsh thing to say to any one, "I don't believe you!" He
+will naturally resent it; it would deprive us of his friendship or
+regard: nay it would, perhaps, make him hate us. Yet it is better
+to run every risk than to sanction an untruth. Possibly, the man
+capable of it, upon finding that his imposture is known, will
+himself admire our sincerity, and afterwards be induced to reflect
+in a manner that may produce the best results.
+
+The under-jailers were unanimously of opinion that he was really
+Louis XVII., and having already seen so many strange changes of
+fortune, they were not without hopes that he would some day ascend
+the throne of France, and remember the good treatment and attentions
+he had met with. With the exception of assisting in his escape,
+they made it their object to comply with all his wishes. It was by
+such means I had the honour of forming an acquaintance with this
+grand personage. He was of the middle height, between forty and
+forty-five years of age, rather inclined to corpulency, and had
+features strikingly like those of the Bourbons. It is very probable
+that this accidental resemblance may have led him to assume the
+character he did, and play so melancholy a part in it.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI.
+
+
+
+There is one other instance of unworthy deference to private
+opinion, of which I must accuse myself. My neighbour was not an
+Atheist, he rather liked to converse on religious topics, as if he
+justly appreciated the importance of the subject, and was no
+stranger to its discussion. Still, he indulged a number of
+unreasonable prejudices against Christianity, which he regarded less
+in its real nature than its abuses. The superficial philosophy
+which preceded the French revolution had dazzled him. He had formed
+an idea that religious worship might be offered up with greater
+purity than as it had been dictated by the religion of the
+Evangelists. Without any intimate acquaintance with the writings of
+Condillac and Tracy, he venerated them as the most profound
+thinkers, and really thought that the last had carried the branch of
+metaphysics to the highest degree of perfection.
+
+I may fairly say that MY philosophical studies had been better
+directed; I was aware of the weakness of the experimental doctrine,
+and I knew the gross and shameless errors in point of criticism,
+which influenced the age of Voltaire in libelling Christianity. I
+had also read Guenee, and other able exposers of such false
+criticism. I felt a conviction that, by no logical reasoning, could
+the being of a God be granted, and the Bible rejected, and I
+conceived it a vulgar degradation to fall in with the stream of
+antichristian opinions, and to want elevation of intellect to
+apprehend how the doctrine of Catholicism in its true character, is
+religiously simple and ennobling. Yet I had the meanness to bow to
+human opinion out of deference and respect. The wit and sarcasms of
+my neighbour seemed to confound me, while I could not disguise from
+myself that they were idle and empty as the air. I dissimulated, I
+hesitated to announce my own belief, reflecting how far it were
+seasonable thus to contradict my companion, and persuading myself
+that it would be useless, and that I was perfectly justified in
+remaining silent. What vile pusillanimity! why thus respect the
+presumptuous power of popular errors and opinions, resting upon no
+foundation. True it is that an ill-timed zeal is always indiscreet,
+and calculated to irritate rather than convert; but to avow with
+frankness and modesty what we regard as an important truth, to do it
+even when we have reason to conclude it will not be palatable, and
+to meet willingly any ridicule or sarcasm which may be launched
+against it; this I maintain to be an actual duty. A noble avowal of
+this kind, moreover, may always be made, without pretending to
+assume, uncalled for, anything of the missionary character.
+
+It is, I repeat, a duty, not to keep back an important truth at any
+period; for though there may be little hope of it being immediately
+acknowledged; it may tend to prepare the minds of others, and in due
+time, doubtless, produce a better and more impartial judgment, and a
+consequent triumph of truth.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII.
+
+
+
+I continued in the same apartment during a month and some days. On
+the night of February the 18th, 1821, I was roused from sleep by a
+loud noise of chains and keys; several men entered with a lantern,
+and the first idea that struck me was, that they were come to cut my
+throat. While gazing at them in strange perplexity, one of the
+figures advanced towards me with a polite air; it was Count B- , {8}
+who requested I would dress myself as speedily as possible to set
+out.
+
+I was surprised at this announcement, and even indulged a hope that
+they were sent to conduct me to the confines of Piedmont. Was it
+likely the storm which hung over me would thus early be dispersed?
+should I again enjoy that liberty so dearly prized, be restored to
+my beloved parents, and see my brothers and sisters?
+
+I was allowed short time to indulge these flattering hopes. The
+moment I had thrown on my clothes, I followed my conductors without
+having an opportunity of bidding farewell to my royal neighbour.
+Yet I thought I heard him call my name, and regretted it was out of
+my power to stop and reply. "Where are we going?" I inquired of the
+Count, as we got into a coach, attended by an officer of the guard.
+"I cannot inform you till we shall be a mile on the other side the
+city of Milan." I was aware the coach was not going in the
+direction of the Vercelline gate; and my hopes suddenly vanished. I
+was silent; it was a beautiful moonlight night; I beheld the same
+well-known paths I had traversed for pleasure so many years before.
+The houses, the churches, and every object renewed a thousand
+pleasing recollections. I saw the Corsia of Porta Orientale, I saw
+the public gardens, where I had so often rambled with Foscolo, {9}
+Monti, {10} Lodovico di Breme, {11} Pietro Borsieri, {12} Count
+Porro, and his sons, with many other delightful companions,
+conversing in all the glow of life and hope. How I felt my
+friendship for these noble men revive with double force when I
+thought of having parted from them for the last time, disappearing
+as they had done, one by one, so rapidly from my view. When we had
+gone a little way beyond the gate, I pulled my hat over my eyes, and
+indulged these sad retrospections unobserved.
+
+After having gone about a mile, I addressed myself to Count B-. "I
+presume we are on the road to Verona." "Yes, further," was the
+reply; "we are for Venice, where it is my duty to hand you over to a
+special commission there appointed."
+
+We travelled post, stopped nowhere, and on the 20th of February
+arrived at my destination. The September of the year preceding,
+just one month previous to my arrest, I had been at Venice, and had
+met a large and delightful party at dinner, in the Hotel della Luna.
+Strangely enough, I was now conducted by the Count and the officer
+to the very inn where we had spent that evening in social mirth.
+
+One of the waiters started on seeing me, perceiving that, though my
+conductors had assumed the dress of domestics, I was no other than a
+prisoner in their hands. I was gratified at this recognition, being
+persuaded that the man would mention my arrival there to more than
+one.
+
+We dined, and I was then conducted to the palace of the Doge, where
+the tribunals are now held. I passed under the well-known porticoes
+of the Procuratie, and by the Florian Hotel, where I had enjoyed so
+many pleasant evenings the last autumn; but I did not happen to meet
+a single acquaintance. We went across the piazzetta, and there it
+struck me that the September before, I had met a poor mendicant, who
+addressed me in these singular words:-
+
+"I see, sir, you are a stranger, but I cannot make out why you, sir,
+and all other strangers, should so much admire this place. To me it
+is a place of misfortune, and I never pass it when I can avoid it."
+
+"What, did you here meet with some disaster?"
+
+"I did, sir; a horrible one, sir; and not only I. God protect you
+from it, God protect you!" And he took himself off in haste.
+
+At this moment it was impossible for me to forget the words of the
+poor beggarman. He was present there, too, the next year, when I
+ascended the scaffold, whence I heard read to me the sentence of
+death, and that it had been commuted for fifteen years hard
+imprisonment. Assuredly, if I had been inclined ever so little to
+superstition, I should have thought much of the mendicant,
+predicting to me with so much energy, as he did, and insisting that
+this was a place of misfortune. As it is, I have merely noted it
+down for a curious incident. We ascended the palace; Count B- spoke
+to the judges, then, handing me over to the jailer, after embracing
+me with much emotion, he bade me farewell.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIII.
+
+
+
+I followed the jailer in silence. After turning through a number of
+passages, and several large rooms, we arrived at a small staircase,
+which brought us under the Piombi, those notorious state prisons,
+dating from the time of the Venetian republic.
+
+There the jailer first registered my name, and then locked me up in
+the room appointed for me. The chambers called I Piombi consist of
+the upper portion of the Doge's palace, and are covered throughout
+with lead.
+
+My room had a large window with enormous bars, and commanded a view
+of the roof (also of lead), and the church, of St. Mark. Beyond the
+church I could discern the end of the Piazza in the distance, with
+an immense number of cupolas and belfries on all sides. St. Mark's
+gigantic Campanile was separated from me only by the length of the
+church, and I could hear persons speaking from the top of it when
+they talked at all loud. To the left of the church was to be seen a
+portion of the grand court of the palace, and one of the chief
+entrances. There is a public well in that part of the court, and
+people were continually in the habit of going thither to draw water.
+From the lofty site of my prison they appeared to me about the size
+of little children, and I could not at all hear their conversation,
+except when they called out very loud. Indeed, I found myself much
+more solitary than I had been in the Milanese prisons.
+
+During several days the anxiety I suffered from the criminal trial
+appointed by the special commission, made me rather melancholy, and
+it was increased, doubtless, by that painful feeling of deeper
+solitude.
+
+I was here, moreover, further removed from my family, of whom I
+heard no more. The new faces that appeared wore a gloom at once
+strange and appalling. Report had greatly exaggerated the struggle
+of the Milanese and the rest of Italy to recover their independence;
+it was doubted if I were not one of the most desperate promoters of
+that mad enterprise. I found that my name, as a writer, was not
+wholly unknown to my jailer, to his wife, and even his daughter,
+besides two sons, and the under-jailers, all of whom, by their
+manner, seemed to have an idea that a writer of tragedies was little
+better than a kind of magician. They looked grave and distant, yet
+as if eager to learn more of me, had they dared to waive the
+ceremony of their iron office.
+
+In a few days I grew accustomed to their looks, or rather, I think,
+they found I was not so great a necromancer as to escape through the
+lead roofs, and, consequently, assumed a more conciliating
+demeanour. The wife had most of the character that marks the true
+jailer; she was dry and hard, all bone, without a particle of heart,
+about forty, and incapable of feeling, except it were a savage sort
+of instinct for her offspring. She used to bring me my coffee,
+morning and afternoon, and my water at dinner. She was generally
+accompanied by her daughter, a girl of about fifteen, not very
+pretty, but with mild, compassionating looks, and her two sons, from
+ten to thirteen years of age. They always went back with their
+mother, but there was a gentle look and a smile of love for me upon
+their young faces as she closed the door, my only company when they
+were gone. The jailer never came near me, except to conduct me
+before the special commission, that terrible ordeal for what are
+termed crimes of state.
+
+The under-jailers, occupied with the prisons of the police, situated
+on a lower floor, where there were numbers of robbers, seldom came
+near me. One of these assistants was an old man, more than seventy,
+but still able to discharge his laborious duties, and to run up and
+down the steps to the different prisons; another was a young man
+about twenty-five, more bent upon giving an account of his love
+affairs than eager to devote himself to his office.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIV.
+
+
+
+I had now to confront the terrors of a state trial. What was my
+dread of implicating others by my answers! What difficulty to
+contend against so many strange accusations, so many suspicions of
+all kinds! How impossible, almost, not to become implicated by
+these incessant examinations, by daily new arrests, and the
+imprudence of other parties, perhaps not known to you, yet belonging
+to the same movement! I have decided not to speak on politics; and
+I must suppress every detail connected with the state trials. I
+shall merely observe that, after being subjected for successive
+hours to the harassing process, I retired in a frame of mind so
+excited, and so enraged, that I should assuredly have taken my own
+life, had not the voice of religion, and the recollection of my
+parents restrained my hand. I lost the tranquillity of mind I had
+acquired at Milan; during many days, I despaired of regaining it,
+and I cannot even allude to this interval without feelings of
+horror. It was vain to attempt it, I could not pray; I questioned
+the justice of God; I cursed mankind, and all the world, revolving
+in my mind all the possible sophisms and satires I could think of,
+respecting the hollowness and vanity of virtue. The disappointed
+and the exasperated are always ingenious in finding accusations
+against their fellow-creatures, and even the Creator himself. Anger
+is of a more universal and injurious tendency than is generally
+supposed. As we cannot rage and storm from morning till night, and
+as the most ferocious animal has necessarily its intervals of
+repose, these intervals in man are greatly influenced by the immoral
+character of the conduct which may have preceded them. He appears
+to be at peace, indeed, but it is an irreligious, malignant peace; a
+savage sardonic smile, destitute of all charity or dignity; a love
+of confusion, intoxication, and sarcasm.
+
+In this state I was accustomed to sing--anything but hymns--with a
+kind of mad, ferocious joy. I spoke to all who approached my
+dungeon, jeering and bitter things; and I tried to look upon the
+whole creation through the medium of that commonplace wisdom, the
+wisdom of the cynics. This degrading period, on which I hate to
+reflect, lasted happily only for six or seven days, during which my
+Bible had become covered with dust. One of the jailer's boys,
+thinking to please me, as he cast his eye upon it, observed, "Since
+you left off reading that great, ugly book, you don't seem half so
+melancholy, sir." "Do you think so?" said I. Taking the Bible in
+my hands, I wiped off the dust, and opening it hastily, my eyes fell
+upon the following words: --"And he said unto his disciples, it must
+needs be that offences come; but woe unto him by whom they come; for
+better had it been for him that a millstone were hanged about his
+neck, and he cast into the sea, than that he should offend one of
+these little ones."
+
+I was affected upon reading this passage, and I felt ashamed when I
+thought that this little boy had perceived, from the dust with which
+it was covered, that I no longer read my Bible, and had even
+supposed that I had acquired a better temper by want of attention to
+my religious duties, and become less wretched by forgetting my God.
+"You little graceless fellow," I exclaimed, though reproaching him
+in a gentle tone, and grieved at having afforded him a subject of
+scandal; "this is not a great, ugly book, and for the few days that
+I have left off reading it, I find myself much worse. If your
+mother would let you stay with me a little while, you would see that
+I know how to get rid of my ill-humour. If you knew how hard it was
+to be in good humour, when left so long alone, and when you hear me
+singing and talking like a madman, you would not call this a great
+ugly book."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXV.
+
+
+
+The boy left me, and I felt a sort of pleasure at having taken the
+Bible again in my hands, more especially at having owned I had been
+worse for having neglected it. It seemed as if I had made atonement
+to a generous friend whom I had unjustly offended, but had now
+become reconciled to. Yes! I had even forgotten my God! I
+exclaimed, and perverted my better nature. Could I have been led to
+believe that the vile mockery of the cynic was applicable to one in
+my forlorn and desperate situation?
+
+I felt an indescribable emotion on asking myself this question; I
+placed the Bible upon a chair, and, falling on my knees, I burst
+into tears of remorse: I who ever found it so difficult to shed
+even a tear. These tears were far more delightful to me than any
+physical enjoyment I had ever felt. I felt I was restored to God, I
+loved him, I repented of having outraged religion by degrading
+myself; and I made a vow never, never more to forget, to separate
+myself from, my God.
+
+How truly a sincere return to faith, and love, and hope, consoles
+and elevates the mind. I read and continued to weep for upwards of
+an hour. I rose with renewed confidence that God had not abandoned
+me, but had forgiven my every fault and folly. It was then that my
+misfortunes, the horrors of my continued examinations, and the
+probable death which awaited me, appeared of little account. I
+rejoiced in suffering, since I was thus afforded an occasion to
+perform some duty, and that, by submitting with a resigned mind, I
+was obeying my Divine Master. I was enabled, thanks be to Heaven,
+to read my Bible. I no longer estimated it by the wretched,
+critical subterfuges of a Voltaire, heaping ridicule upon mere
+expressions, in themselves neither false nor ridiculous, except to
+gross ignorance or malice, which cannot penetrate their meaning. I
+became clearly convinced how indisputably it was the code of
+sanctity, and hence of truth itself; how really unphilosophical it
+was to take offence at a few little imperfections of style, not less
+absurd than the vanity of one who despises everything that wears not
+the gloss of elegant forms; what still greater absurdity to imagine
+that such a collection of books, so long held in religious
+veneration, should not possess an authentic origin, boasting, as
+they do, such a vast superiority over the Koran, and the old
+theology of the Indies.
+
+Many, doubtless, abused its excellence, many wished to turn it into
+a code of injustice, and a sanction of all their bad passions. But
+the triumphant answer to these is, that every thing is liable to
+abuse; and when did the abuse of the most precious and best of
+things lead us to the conclusion that they were in their own nature
+bad? Our Saviour himself declared it; the whole law and the
+Prophets, the entire body of these sacred books, all inculcate the
+same precept to love God and mankind. And must not such writings
+embrace the truth--truth adapted to all times and ages? must they
+not ever constitute the living word of the Holy Spirit?
+
+Whilst I made these reflections, I renewed my intention of
+identifying with religion all my thoughts concerning human affairs,
+all my opinions upon the progress of civilisation, my philanthropy,
+love of my country, in short, all the passions of my mind.
+
+The few days in which I remained subjected to the cynic doctrine,
+did me a deal of harm. I long felt its effects, and had great
+difficulty to remove them. Whenever man yields in the least to the
+temptation of undignifying his intellect, to view the works of God
+through the infernal medium of scorn, to abandon the beneficent
+exercise of prayer, the injury which he inflicts upon his natural
+reason prepares him to fall again with but little struggle. For a
+period of several weeks I was almost daily assaulted with strong,
+bitter tendencies to doubt and disbelief; and it called for the
+whole power of my mind to free myself from their grasp.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVI.
+
+
+
+When these mental struggles had ceased, and I had again become
+habituated to reverence the Deity in all my thoughts and feelings, I
+for some time enjoyed the most unbroken serenity and peace. The
+examinations to which I was every two or three days subjected by the
+special commission, however tormenting, produced no lasting anxiety,
+as before. I succeeded in this arduous position, in discharging all
+which integrity and friendship required of me, and left the rest to
+the will of God. I now, too, resumed my utmost efforts to guard
+against the effects of any sudden surprise, every emotion and
+passion, and every imaginable misfortune; a kind of preparation for
+future trials of the greatest utility.
+
+My solitude, meantime, grew more oppressive. Two sons of the
+jailer, whom I had been in the habit of seeing at brief intervals,
+were sent to school, and I saw them no more. The mother and the
+sister, who had been accustomed, along with them, to speak to me,
+never came near me, except to bring my coffee. About the mother I
+cared very little; but the daughter, though rather plain, had
+something so pleasing and gentle, both in her words and looks, that
+I greatly felt the loss of them. Whenever she brought the coffee,
+and said, "It was I who made it," I always thought it excellent:
+but when she observed, "This is my mother's making," it lost all its
+relish.
+
+Being almost deprived of human society, I one day made acquaintance
+with some ants upon my window; I fed them; they went away, and ere
+long the placed was thronged with these little insects, as if come
+by invitation. A spider, too, had weaved a noble edifice upon my
+walls, and I often gave him a feast of gnats or flies, which were
+extremely annoying to me, and which he liked much better than I did.
+I got quite accustomed to the sight of him; he would run over my
+bed, and come and take the precious morsels out of my hand. Would
+to heaven these had been the only insects which visited my abode.
+It was still summer, and the gnats had begun to multiply to a
+prodigious and alarming extent. The previous winter had been
+remarkably mild, and after the prevalence of the March winds
+followed extreme heat. It is impossible to convey an idea of the
+insufferable oppression of the air in the place I occupied. Opposed
+directly to a noontide sun, under a leaden roof, and with a window
+looking on the roof of St. Mark, casting a tremendous reflection of
+the heat, I was nearly suffocated. I had never conceived an idea of
+a punishment so intolerable: add to which the clouds of gnats,
+which, spite of my utmost efforts, covered every article of
+furniture in the room, till even the walls and ceiling seemed alive
+with them; and I had some apprehension of being devoured alive.
+Their bites, moreover, were extremely painful, and when thus
+punctured from morning till night, only to undergo the same
+operation from day to day, and engaged the whole time in killing and
+slaying, some idea may be formed of the state both of my body and my
+mind.
+
+I felt the full force of such a scourge, yet was unable to obtain a
+change of dungeon, till at length I was tempted to rid myself of my
+life, and had strong fears of running distracted. But, thanks be to
+God, these thoughts were not of long duration, and religion
+continued to sustain me. It taught me that man was born to suffer,
+and to suffer with courage: it taught me to experience a sort of
+pleasure in my troubles, to resist and to vanquish in the battle
+appointed me by Heaven. The more unhappy, I said to myself, my life
+may become, the less will I yield to my fate, even though I should
+be condemned in the morning of my life to the scaffold. Perhaps,
+without these preliminary and chastening trials, I might have met
+death in an unworthy manner. Do I know, moreover, that I possess
+those virtues and qualities which deserve prosperity; where and what
+are they? Then, seriously examining into my past conduct, I found
+too little good on which to pride myself; the chief part was a
+tissue of vanity, idolatry, and the mere exterior of virtue.
+Unworthy, therefore, as I am, let me suffer! If it be intended that
+men and gnats should destroy me, unjustly or otherwise, acknowledge
+in them the instruments of a divine justice, and be silent.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVII.
+
+
+
+Does man stand in need of compulsion before he can be brought to
+humble himself with sincerity? to look upon himself as a sinner? Is
+it not too true that we in general dissipate our youth in vanity,
+and, instead of employing all our faculties in the acquisition of
+what is good, make them the instruments of our degradation? There
+are, doubtless, exceptions, but I confess they cannot apply to a
+wretched individual like myself. There is no merit in thus being
+dissatisfied with myself; when we see a lamp which emits more smoke
+than flame, it requires no great sincerity to say that it does not
+burn as it ought to do.
+
+Yes, without any degradation, without any scruples of hypocrisy, and
+viewing myself with perfect tranquillity of mind, I perceived that I
+had merited the chastisement of my God. An internal monitor told me
+that such chastisements were, for one fault or other, amply merited;
+they assisted in winning me back to Him who is perfect, and whom
+every human being, as far as their limited powers will admit, are
+bound to imitate. By what right, while constrained to condemn
+myself for innumerable offences and forgetfulness towards God, could
+I complain, because some men appeared to me despicable, and others
+wicked? What if I were deprived of all worldly advantages, and was
+doomed to linger in prison, or to die a violent death? I sought to
+impress upon my mind reflections like these, at once just and
+applicable; and this done, I found it was necessary to be
+consistent, and that it could be effected in no other manner than by
+sanctifying the upright judgments of the Almighty, by loving them,
+and eradicating every wish at all opposed to them. The better to
+persevere in my intention, I determined, in future, carefully to
+revolve in my mind all my opinions, by committing them to writing.
+The difficulty was that the Commission, while permitting me to have
+the use of ink and paper, counted out the leaves, with an express
+prohibition that I should not destroy a single one, and reserving
+the power of examining in what manner I had employed them. To
+supply the want of paper, I had recourse to the simple stratagem of
+smoothing with a piece of glass a rude table which I had, and upon
+this I daily wrote my long meditations respecting the duties of
+mankind, and especially of those which applied to myself. It is no
+exaggeration to say that the hours so employed were sometimes
+delightful to me, notwithstanding the difficulty of breathing I
+experienced from the excessive heat, to say nothing of the bitterly
+painful wounds, small though they were, of those poisonous gnats.
+To defend myself from the countless numbers of these tormentors, I
+was compelled, in the midst of suffocation, to wrap my head and my
+legs in thick cloth, and not only write with gloves on, but to
+bandage my wrist to prevent the intruders creeping up my sleeves.
+
+Meditations like mine assumed somewhat of a biographical character.
+I made out an account of all the good and the evil which had grown
+up with me from my earliest youth, discussing them within myself,
+attempting to resolve every doubt, and arranging, to the best of my
+power, the various kinds of knowledge I had acquired, and my ideas
+upon every subject. When the whole surface of the table was covered
+with my lucubrations, I perused and re-perused them, meditated on
+what I had already meditated, and, at length, resolved (however
+unwillingly) to scratch out all I had done with the glass, in order
+to have a clean superficies upon which to recommence my operations.
+
+From that time I continued the narrative of my experience of good
+and evil, always relieved by digressions of every kind, by some
+analysis of this or that point, whether in metaphysics, morals,
+politics, or religion; and when the whole was complete, I again
+began to read, and re-read, and lastly, to scratch out. Being
+anxious to avoid every chance of interruption, or of impediment, to
+my repeating with the greatest possible freedom the facts I had
+recorded, and my opinions upon them, I took care to transpose and
+abbreviate the words in such a manner as to run no risk from the
+most inquisitorial visit. No search, however, was made, and no one
+was aware that I was spending my miserable prison-hours to so good a
+purpose. Whenever I heard the jailer or other person open the door
+I covered my little table with a cloth, and placed upon it the ink-
+stand, with the LAWFUL quantity of state paper by its side.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVIII.
+
+
+
+Still I did not wholly neglect the paper put into my hands, and
+sometimes even devoted an entire day or night to writing. But here
+I only treated of literary matters. I composed at that time the
+Ester d'Engaddi, the Iginia d'Asti, and the Cantichi, entitled,
+Tanereda Rosilde, Eligi and Valafrido, Adello, besides several
+sketches of tragedies, and other productions, in the list of which
+was a poem upon the Lombard League, and another upon Christopher
+Columbus.
+
+As it was not always so easy an affair to get a reinforcement of
+paper, I was in the habit of committing my rough draughts to my
+table, or the wrapping-paper in which I received fruit and other
+articles. At times I would give away my dinner to the under-jailer,
+telling him that I had no appetite, and then requesting from him the
+favour of a sheet of paper. This was, however, only in certain
+exigencies, when my little table was full of writing, and I had not
+yet determined on clearing it away. I was often very hungry, and
+though the jailer had money of mine in his possession, I did not ask
+him to bring me anything to eat, partly lest he should suspect I had
+given away my dinner, and partly that the under-jailer might not
+find out that I had said the thing which was not when I assured him
+of my loss of appetite. In the evening I regaled myself with some
+strong coffee, and I entreated that it might be made by the little
+sioa, Zanze. {13} This was the jailer's daughter, who, if she could
+escape the lynx-eye of her sour mamma, was good enough to make it
+exceedingly good; so good, indeed, that, what with the emptiness of
+my stomach, it produced a kind of convulsion, which kept me awake
+the whole of the night.
+
+In this state of gentle inebriation, I felt my intellectual
+faculties strangely invigorated; wrote poetry, philosophized, and
+prayed till morning with feelings of real pleasure. I then became
+completely exhausted, threw myself upon my bed, and, spite of the
+gnats that were continually sucking my blood, I slept an hour or two
+in profound rest.
+
+I can hardly describe the peculiar and pleasing exaltation of mind
+which continued for nights together, and I left no means untried to
+secure the same means of continuing it. With this view I still
+refused to touch a mouthful of dinner, even when I was in no want of
+paper, merely in order to obtain my magic beverage for the evening.
+
+How fortunate I thought myself when I succeeded; not unfrequently
+the coffee was not made by the gentle Angiola; and it was always
+vile stuff from her mother's hands. In this last case, I was sadly
+put out of humour, for instead of the electrical effect on my
+nerves, it made me wretched, weak, and hungry; I threw myself down
+to sleep, but was unable to close an eye. Upon these occasions I
+complained bitterly to Angiola, the jailer's daughter, and one day,
+as if she had been in fault, I scolded her so sharply that the poor
+girl began to weep, sobbing out, "Indeed, sir, I never deceived
+anybody, and yet everybody calls me a deceitful little mix."
+
+"Everybody! Oh then, I see I am not the only one driven to
+distraction by your vile slops."
+
+"I do not mean to say that, sir. Ah, if you only knew; if I dared
+to tell you all that my poor, wretched heart--"
+
+"Well, don't cry so! What is all this ado? I beg your pardon, you
+see, if I scolded you. Indeed, I believe you would not, you could
+not, make me such vile stuff as this."
+
+"Dear me! I am not crying about that, sir."
+
+"You are not!" and I felt my self-love not a little mortified,
+though I forced a smile. "Are you crying, then, because I scolded
+you, and yet not about the coffee?"
+
+"Yes, indeed, sir?"
+
+"Ah! then who called you a little deceitful one before?"
+
+"HE did, sir."
+
+"HE did; and who is HE?"
+
+"My lover, sir;" and she hid her face in her little hands.
+
+Afterwards she ingenuously intrusted to my keeping, and I could not
+well betray her, a little serio-comic sort of pastoral romance,
+which really interested me.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIX.
+
+
+
+From that day forth, I know not why, I became the adviser and
+confidant of this young girl, who returned and conversed with me for
+hours. She at first said, "You are so good, sir, that I feel just
+the same when I am here as if I were your own daughter."
+
+"That is a very poor compliment," replied I, dropping her hand; "I
+am hardly yet thirty-two, and you look upon me as if I were an old
+father."
+
+"No, no, not so; I mean as a brother, to be sure;" and she insisted
+upon taking hold of my hand with an air of the most innocent
+confidence and affection.
+
+I am glad, thought I to myself, that you are no beauty; else, alas,
+this innocent sort of fooling might chance to disconcert me; at
+other times I thought it is lucky, too, she is so young, there could
+never be any danger of becoming attached to girls of her years. At
+other times, however, I felt a little uneasy, thinking I was
+mistaken in having pronounced her rather plain, whereas her whole
+shape and features were by no means wanting in proportion or
+expression. If she were not quite so pale, I said, and her face
+free from those marks, she might really pass for a beauty. It is
+impossible, in fact, not to find some charm in the presence and in
+the looks and voice of a young girl full of vivacity and affection.
+I had taken not the least pains to acquire her good-will; yet was I
+as dear to either as a father or a brother, whichever title I
+preferred. And why? Only because she had read Francesca da Rimini
+and Eufemio, and my poems, she said, had made her weep so often;
+then, besides, I was a solitary prisoner, WITHOUT HAVING, as she
+observed, either robbed or murdered anybody.
+
+In short, when I had become attached to poor Maddalene, without once
+seeing her, how was it likely that I could remain indifferent to the
+sisterly assiduity and attentions, to the thousand pleasing little
+compliments, and to the most delicious cups of coffee of this young
+Venice girl, my gentle little jailer? {14} I should be trying to
+impose on myself, were I to attribute to my own prudence the fact of
+my not having fallen in love with Angiola. I did not do so, simply
+from the circumstance of her having already a lover of her own
+choosing, to whom she was desperately, unalterably attached. Heaven
+help me! if it had not been thus I should have found myself in a
+very CRITICAL position, indeed, for an author, with so little to
+keep alive his attention. The sentiment I felt for her was not,
+then, what is called love. I wished to see her happy, and that she
+might be united to the lover of her choice; I was not jealous, nor
+had I the remotest idea she could ever select me as the object of
+her regard. Still, when I heard my prison-door open, my heart began
+to beat in the hope it was my Angiola; and if she appeared not, I
+experienced a peculiar kind of vexation; when she really came my
+heart throbbed yet more violently, from a feeling of pure joy. Her
+parents, who had begun to entertain a good opinion of me, and were
+aware of her passionate regard for another, offered no opposition to
+the visits she thus made me, permitting her almost invariably to
+bring me my coffee in a morning, and not unfrequently in the
+evening.
+
+There was altogether a simplicity and an affectionateness in her
+every word, look, and gesture, which were really captivating. She
+would say, "I am excessively attached to another, and yet I take
+such delight in being near you! When I am not in HIS company, I
+like being nowhere so well as here." (Here was another compliment.)
+
+"And don't you know why?" inquired I.
+
+"I do not."
+
+"I will tell you, then. It is because I permit you to talk about
+your lover."
+
+"That is a good guess; yet still I think it is a good deal because I
+esteem you so very much!"
+
+Poor girl! along with this pretty frankness she had that blessed sin
+of taking me always by the hand, and pressing it with all her heart,
+not perceiving that she at once pleased and disconcerted me by her
+affectionate manner. Thanks be to Heaven, that I can always recall
+this excellent little girl to mind without the least tinge of
+remorse.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXX.
+
+
+
+The following portion of my narrative would assuredly have been more
+interesting had the gentle Angiola fallen in love with me, or if I
+had at least run half mad to enliven my solitude. There was,
+however, another sentiment, that of simple benevolence, no less dear
+to me, which united our hearts in one. And if, at any moment, I
+felt there was the least risk of its changing its nature in my vain,
+weak heart, it produced only sincere regret.
+
+Once, certainly, having my doubts that this would happen, and
+finding her, to my sorrow, a hundred times more beautiful than I had
+at first imagined; feeling too so very melancholy when she was
+absent, so joyous when near, I took upon myself to play the
+UNAMIABLE, in the idea that this would remove all danger by making
+her leave off the same affectionate and familiar manner. This
+innocent stratagem was tried in vain; the poor girl was so patient,
+so full of compassion for me. She would look at me in silence, with
+her elbow resting upon the window, and say, after a long pause, "I
+see, sir, you are tired of my company, yet _I_ would stay here the
+whole day if I could, merely to keep the hours from hanging so heavy
+upon you. This ill-humour of yours is the natural effect of your
+long solitude; if you were able to chat awhile, you would be quite
+well again. If you don't like to talk, I will talk for you."
+
+"About your lover, eh?"
+
+"No, no; not always about him; I can talk of many things."
+
+She then began to give me some extracts from the household annals,
+dwelling upon the sharp temper of her mother, her good-natured
+father, and the monkey-tricks of her little brothers; and she told
+all this with a simple grace and innocent frankness not a little
+alluring. Yet I was pretty near the truth; for, without being aware
+of it, she uniformly concluded with the one favourite theme: her
+ill-starred love. Still I went on acting the part of the UNAMIABLE,
+in the hope that she would take a spite against me. But whether
+from inadvertency or design, she would not take the hint, and I was
+at last fairly compelled to give up by sitting down contented to let
+her have her way, smiling, sympathising with, and thanking her for
+the sweet patience with which she had so long borne with me.
+
+I no longer indulged the ungracious idea of spiting her against me,
+and, by degrees, all my other fears were allayed. Assuredly I had
+not been smitten; I long examined into the nature of my scruples,
+wrote down my reflections upon the subject, and derived no little
+advantage from the process.
+
+Man often terrifies himself with mere bugbears of the mind. If we
+would learn not to fear them, we have only to examine them a little
+more nearly and attentively. What harm, then, if I looked forward
+to her visits to me with a tender anxiety, if I appreciated their
+sweetness, if it did me good to be compassioned by her, and to
+interchange all our thoughts and feelings, unsullied, I will say, as
+those of childhood. Even her most affectionate looks, and smiles,
+and pressures of the hand, while they agitated me, produced a
+feeling of salutary respect mingled with compassion. One evening, I
+remember, when suffering under a sad misfortune, the poor girl threw
+her arms round my neck, and wept as if her heart would break. She
+had not the least idea of impropriety; no daughter could embrace a
+father with more perfect innocence and unsuspecting affection. I
+could not, however, reflect upon that embrace without feeling
+somewhat agitated. It often recurred to my imagination, and I could
+then think of no other subject. On another occasion, when she thus
+threw herself upon my confidence, I was really obliged to
+disentangle myself from her dear arms, ere I once pressed her to my
+bosom, or gave her a single kiss, while I stammered out, "I pray
+you, now, sweet Angiola, do not embrace me ever again; it is not
+quite proper." She fixed her eyes upon me for a moment, then cast
+them down, while a blush suffused her ingenuous countenance; and I
+am sure it was the first time that she read in my mind even the
+possibility of any weakness of mine in reference to her. Still she
+did not cease to continue her visits upon the same friendly footing,
+with a little mere reserve and respect, such as I wished it to be;
+and I was grateful to her for it.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXI.
+
+
+
+I am unable to form an estimate of the evils which afflict others;
+but, as respects myself, I am bound to confess that, after close
+examination, I found that no sufferings had been appointed me,
+except to some wise end, and for my own advantage. It was thus even
+with the excessive heat which oppressed, and the gnats which
+tormented me. Often have I reflected that but for this continual
+suffering I might not have successfully resisted the temptation of
+falling in love, situated as I was, and with one whose extremely
+affectionate and ardent feelings would have made it difficult always
+to preserve it within respectful limits. If I had sometimes reason
+to tremble, how should I have been enabled to regulate my vain
+imagination in an atmosphere somewhat inspiring, and open to the
+breathings of joy.
+
+Considering the imprudence of Angiola's parents, who reposed such
+confidence in me, the imprudence of the poor girl herself, who had
+not an idea of giving rise to any culpable affection on my part, and
+considering, too, the little steadfastness of my virtue, there can
+be little doubt but the suffocating heat of my great oven, and the
+cruel warfare of the gnats, were effectual safeguards to us both.
+
+Such a reflection reconciled me somewhat to these scourges; and I
+then asked myself, Would you consent to become free, and to take
+possession of some handsome apartment, filled with flowers and fresh
+air, on condition of never more seeing this affectionate being? I
+will own the truth; I had not courage to reply to this simple
+question.
+
+When you really feel interested about any one, it is indescribable
+what mere trifles are capable of conferring pleasure. A single
+word, a smile, a tear, a Venetian turn of expression, her eagerness
+in protecting me from my enemies, the gnats, all inspired me with a
+childish delight that lasted the whole day. What most gratified me
+was to see that her own sufferings seemed to be relieved by
+conversing with me, that my compassion consoled her, that my advice
+influenced her, and that her heart was susceptible of the warmest
+devotion when treating of virtue and its great Author.
+
+When we had sometimes discussed the subject of religion, she would
+observe, "I find that I can now pray with more willingness and more
+faith than I did." At other times, suddenly breaking off some
+frivolous topic, she took the Bible, opened it, pressed her lips to
+it, and then begged of me to translate some passages, and give my
+comments. She added, "I could wish that every time you happen to
+recur to this passage you should call to mind that I have kissed and
+kissed it again."
+
+It was not always, indeed, that her kisses fell so appropriately,
+more especially if she happened to open at the spiritual songs.
+Then, in order to spare her blushes, I took advantage of her want of
+acquaintance with the Latin, and gave a turn to the expressions
+which, without detracting from the sacredness of the Bible, might
+serve to respect her innocence. On such occasions I never once
+permitted myself to smile; at the same time I was not a little
+perplexed, when, not rightly comprehending my new version, she
+entreated of me to translate the whole, word for word, and would by
+no means let me shy the question by turning her attention to
+something else.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXII.
+
+
+
+Nothing is durable here below! Poor Angiola fell sick; and on one
+of the first days when she felt indisposed, she came to see me,
+complaining bitterly of pains in her head. She wept, too, and would
+not explain the cause of her grief. She only murmured something
+that looked like reproaches of her lover. "He is a villain!" she
+said; "but God forgive him, as I do!"
+
+I left no means untried to obtain her confidence, but it was the
+first time I was quite unable to ascertain why she distressed
+herself to such an excess. "I will return tomorrow morning," she
+said, one evening on parting from me; "I will, indeed." But the
+next morning came, and my coffee was brought by her mother; the
+next, and the next, by the under-jailers; and Angiola continued
+grievously ill. The under-jailers, also, brought me very unpleasant
+tidings relating to the love-affair; tidings, in short, which made
+me deeply sympathize with her sufferings. A case of seduction!
+But, perhaps, it was the tale of calumny. Alas! I but too well
+believed it, and I was affected at it more than I can express;
+though I still like to flatter myself that it was false. After
+upwards of a month's illness, the poor girl was taken into the
+country, and I saw her no more.
+
+It is astonishing how deeply I felt this deprivation, and how much
+more horrible my solitude now appeared. Still more bitter was the
+reflection that she, who had so tenderly fed, and watched, and
+visited me in my sad prison, supplying every want and wish within
+her power, was herself a prey to sorrow and misfortune. Alas! I
+could make her no return; yet, surely she will feel aware how truly
+I sympathize with her; that there is no effort I would not make to
+afford her comfort and relief, and that I shall never cease to offer
+up my prayers for her, and to bless her for her goodness to a
+wretched prisoner.
+
+Though her visits had been too brief, they were enough to break upon
+the horrid monotony of my solitude. By suggesting and comparing our
+ideas, I obtained new views and feelings, exercised some of the best
+and sweetest affections, gave a zest to life, and even threw a sort
+of lustre round my misfortunes.
+
+Suddenly the vision fled, and my dungeon became to me really like a
+living tomb. A strange sadness for many days quite oppressed me. I
+could not even write: it was a dark, quiet, nameless feeling, in no
+way partaking of the violence and irritation which I had before
+experienced. Was it that I had become more inured to adversity,
+more philosophical, more of a Christian? Or was it really that the
+extremely enervating heat of my dungeon had so prostrated my powers
+that I could no longer feel the pangs of excessive grief. Ah, no!
+for I can well recollect that I then felt it to my inmost soul; and,
+perhaps, more intensely from the want both of will and power to give
+vent to it by agitation, maledictions, and cries. The fact is, I
+believe, that I had been severely schooled by my past sufferings,
+and was resigned to the will of God. I had so often maintained that
+it was a mark of cowardice to complain, that, at length, I succeeded
+in restraining my passion, when on the point of breaking out, and
+felt vexed that I had permitted it to obtain any ascendancy over me.
+
+My mental faculties were strengthened by the habit of writing down
+my thoughts; I got rid of all my vanity, and reduced the chief part
+of my reasonings to the following conclusions: There is a God:
+THEREFORE unerring justice; THEREFORE all that happens is ordained
+to the best end; consequently, the sufferings of man on earth are
+inflicted for the good of man.
+
+Thus, my acquaintance with Angiola had proved beneficial, by
+soothing and conciliating my feelings. Her good opinion of me had
+urged me to the fulfilment of many duties, especially of that of
+proving one's self superior to the shocks of fortune, and of
+suffering in patience. By exerting myself to persevere for about a
+month, I was enabled to feel perfectly resigned.
+
+Angiola had beheld me two or three times in a downright passion;
+once, as I have stated, on account of her having brought me bad
+coffee, and a second time as follows:-
+
+Every two or three weeks the jailer had brought me a letter from
+some of my family. It was previously submitted to the Commission,
+and most roughly handled, as was too evident by the number of
+ERASURES in the blackest ink which appeared throughout. One day,
+however, instead of merely striking out a few passages, they drew
+the black line over the entire letter, with the exception of the
+words, "My DEAREST SILVIO," at the beginning, and the parting
+salutation at the close, "ALL UNITE IN KINDEST LOVE TO YOU."
+
+This act threw me into such an uncontrollable fit of passion, that,
+in presence of the gentle Angiola, I broke out into violent shouts
+of rage, and cursed I know not whom. The poor girl pitied me from
+her heart; but, at the same time, reminded me of the strange
+inconsistency of my principles. I saw she had reason on her side,
+and I ceased from uttering my maledictions.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIII.
+
+
+
+One of the under-jailers one day entered my prison with a mysterious
+look, and said, "Sometime, I believe, that Siora Zanze (Angiola) . .
+. was used to bring you your coffee . . . She stopped a good while
+to converse with you, and I was afraid the cunning one would worm
+out all your secrets, sir."
+
+"Not one," I replied, in great anger; "or if I had any, I should not
+be such a fool as to tell them in that way. Go on."
+
+"Beg pardon, sir; far from me to call you by such a name . . . But I
+never trusted to that Siora Zanze. And now, sir, as you have no
+longer any one to keep you company . . . I trust I--"
+
+"What, what! explain yourself at once!"
+
+"Swear first that you will not betray me."
+
+"Well, well; I could do that with a safe conscience. I never
+betrayed any one."
+
+"Do you say really you will swear?"
+
+"Yes; I swear not to betray you. But what a wretch to doubt it; for
+any one capable of betraying you will not scruple to violate an
+oath."
+
+He took a letter from his coat-lining, and gave it me with a
+trembling hand, beseeching I would destroy it the moment I had read
+it.
+
+"Stop," I cried, opening it; "I will read and destroy it while you
+are here."
+
+"But, sir, you must answer it, and I cannot stop now. Do it at your
+leisure. Only take heed, when you hear any one coming, you will
+know if it be I by my singing, pretty loudly, the tune, Sognai mi
+gera un gato. You need, then, fear nothing, and may keep the letter
+quietly in your pocket. But should you not hear this song, set it
+down for a mark that it cannot be me, or that some one is with me.
+Then, in a moment, out with it, don't trust to any concealment, in
+case of a search; out with it, tear it into a thousand bits, and
+throw it through the window."
+
+"Depend upon me; I see you are prudent, I will be so too."
+
+"Yet you called me a stupid wretch."
+
+"You do right to reproach me," I replied, shaking him by the hand,
+"and I beg your pardon." He went away, and I began to read
+
+"I am (and here followed the name) one of your admirers: I have all
+your Francesca da Rimini by heart. They arrested me for--(and here
+he gave the reason with the date)--and I would give, I know not how
+many pounds of my blood to have the pleasure of being with you, or
+at least in a dungeon near yours, in order that we might converse
+together. Since I heard from Tremerello, so we shall call our
+confidant, that you, sir, were a prisoner, and the cause of your
+arrest, I have longed to tell you how deeply I lament your
+misfortune, and that no one can feel greater attachment to you than
+myself. Have you any objection to accept the offer I make, namely,
+that we should try to lighten the burden of our solitude by writing
+to each other. I pledge you my honour, that not a being shall ever
+hear of our correspondence from me, and am persuaded that I may
+count upon the same secresy on your part, if you adopt my plan.
+Meantime, that you may form some idea, I will give you an abstract
+from my life."--(It followed.)
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIV.
+
+
+
+The reader, however deficient in the imaginative organ, may easily
+conceive the electric effect of such a letter upon the nerves of a
+poor prisoner, not of the most savage disposition, but possessing an
+affectionate and gregarious turn of mind. I felt already an
+affection for the unknown; I pitied his misfortunes, and was
+grateful for the kind expressions he made use of. "Yes," exclaimed
+I, "your generous purpose shall be effected. I wish my letters may
+afford you consolation equal to that which I shall derive from
+yours."
+
+I re-perused his letter with almost boyish delight, and blessed the
+writer; there was not an expression which did not exhibit evidence
+of a clear and noble mind.
+
+The sun was setting, it was my hour of prayer; I felt the presence
+of God; how sincere was my gratitude for his providing me with new
+means of exercising the faculties of my mind. How it revived my
+recollection of all the invaluable blessings he had bestowed upon
+me!
+
+I stood before the window, with my arms between the bars, and my
+hands folded; the church of St. Mark lay below me, an immense flock
+of pigeons, free as the air, were flying about, were cooing and
+billing, or busied in constructing their nests upon the leaden roof;
+the heavens in their magnificence were before me; I surveyed all
+that part of Venice visible from my prison; a distant murmur of
+human voices broke sweetly on my ear. From this vast unhappy
+prison-house did I hold communion with Him, whose eyes alone beheld
+me; to Him I recommended my father, my mother, and, individually,
+all those most dear to me, and it appeared as if I heard Him reply,
+"Confide in my goodness," and I exclaimed, "Thy goodness assures
+me."
+
+I concluded my prayer with much emotion, greatly comforted, and
+little caring for the bites of the gnats, which had been joyfully
+feasting upon me. The same evening, my mind, after such exaltation,
+beginning to grow calmer, I found the torment from the gnats
+becoming insufferable, and while engaged in wrapping up my hands and
+face, a vulgar and malignant idea all at once entered my mind, which
+horrified me, and which I vainly attempted to banish.
+
+Tremerello had insinuated a vile suspicion respecting Angiola; that,
+in short, she was a spy upon my secret opinions! She! that noble-
+hearted creature, who knew nothing of politics, and wished to know
+nothing of them!
+
+It was impossible for me to suspect her; but have I, said I, the
+same certainty respecting Tremerello? Suppose that rogue should be
+the bribed instrument of secret informers; suppose the letter had
+been fabricated by WHO KNOWS WHOM, to induce me to make important
+disclosures to my new friend. Perhaps his pretended prison does not
+exist; or if so, he may be a traitor, eager to worm out secrets in
+order to make his own terms; perhaps he is a man of honour, and
+Tremerello himself the traitor who aims at our destruction in order
+to gain an additional salary.
+
+Oh, horrible thought, yet too natural to the unhappy prisoner,
+everywhere in fear of enmity and fraud!
+
+Such suspicions tormented and degraded me. I did not entertain them
+as regarded Angiola a single moment. Yet, from what Tremerello had
+said, a kind of doubt clung to me as to the conduct of those who had
+permitted her to come into my apartment. Had they, either from
+their own zeal, or by superior authority, given her the office of
+spy? in that case, how ill had she discharged such an office!
+
+But what was I to do respecting the letter of the unknown? Should I
+adopt the severe, repulsive counsel of fear which we call prudence?
+Shall I return the letter to Tremerello, and tell him, I do not wish
+to run any risk. Yet suppose there should be no treason; and the
+unknown be a truly worthy character, deserving that I should venture
+something, if only to relieve the horrors of his solitude? Coward
+as I am, standing on the brink of death, the fatal decree ready to
+strike me at any moment, yet to refuse to perform a simple act of
+love! Reply to him I must and will. Grant that it be discovered,
+no one can fairly be accused of writing the letter, though poor
+Tremerello would assuredly meet with the severest chastisement. Is
+not this consideration of itself sufficient to decide me against
+undertaking any clandestine correspondence? Is it not my absolute
+duty to decline it?
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXV.
+
+
+
+I was agitated the whole evening; I never closed my eyes that night,
+and amidst so many conflicting doubts, I knew not on what to
+resolve.
+
+I sprung from my bed before dawn, I mounted upon the window-place,
+and offered up my prayers. In trying circumstances it is necessary
+to appeal with confidence to God, to heed his inspirations, and to
+adhere to them.
+
+This I did, and after long prayer, I went down, shook off the gnats,
+took the bitten gloves in my hands, and came to the determination to
+explain my apprehensions to Tremerello and warn him of the great
+danger to which he himself was exposed by bearing letters; to
+renounce the plan if he wavered, and to accept it if its terrors did
+not deter him. I walked about till I heard the words of the song:-
+Segnai mi gera un gato, E ti me carezzevi. It was Tremerello
+bringing me my coffee. I acquainted him with my scruples and spared
+nothing to excite his fears. I found him staunch in his desire to
+SERVE, as he said, TWO SUCH COMPLETE GENTLEMEN. This was strangely
+at variance with the sheep's face he wore, and the name we had just
+given him. {15} Well, I was as firm on my part.
+
+"I shall leave you my wine," said I, "see to find me the paper; I
+want to carry on this correspondence; and, rely on it, if any one
+comes without the warning song, I shall make an end of every
+suspicious article."
+
+"Here is a sheet of paper ready for you; I will give you more
+whenever you please, and am perfectly satisfied of your prudence."
+
+I longed to take my coffee; Tremerello left me, and I sat down to
+write. Did I do right? was the motive really approved by God? Was
+it not rather the triumph of my natural courage, of my preference of
+that which pleased me, instead of obeying the call for painful
+sacrifices. Mingled with this was a proud complacency, in return
+for the esteem expressed towards me by the unknown, and a fear of
+appearing cowardly, if I were to adhere to silence and decline a
+correspondence, every way so fraught with peril. How was I to
+resolve these doubts? I explained them frankly to my fellow-
+prisoner in replying to him, stating it nevertheless, as my opinion,
+that if anything were undertaken from good motives, and without the
+least repugnance of conscience, there could be no fear of blame. I
+advised him at the same time to reflect seriously upon the subject,
+and to express clearly with what degree of tranquillity, or of
+anxiety, he was prepared to engage, in it. Moreover, if, upon
+reconsideration, he considered the plan as too dangerous, we ought
+to have firmness enough to renounce the satisfaction we promised
+ourselves in such a correspondence, and rest satisfied with the
+acquaintance we had formed, the mutual pleasure we had already
+derived, and the unalterable goodwill we felt towards each other,
+which resulted from it. I filled four pages with my explanations,
+and expressions of the warmest friendship; I briefly alluded to the
+subject of my imprisonment; I spoke of my family with enthusiastic
+love, as well as of some of my friends, and attempted to draw a full
+picture of my mind and character.
+
+In the evening I sent the letter. I had not slept during the
+preceding night; I was completely exhausted, and I soon fell into a
+profound sleep, from which I awoke on the ensuing morning, refreshed
+and comparatively happy. I was in hourly expectation of receiving
+my new friend's answer, and I felt at once anxious and pleased at
+the idea.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXVI.
+
+
+
+The answer was brought with my coffee. I welcomed Tremerello, and,
+embracing him, exclaimed, "May God reward you for this goodness!"
+My suspicions had fled, because they were hateful to me; and
+because, making a point of never speaking imprudently upon politics,
+they appeared equally useless; and because, with all my admiration
+for the genius of Tacitus, I had never much faith in the justice of
+TACITISING as he does, and of looking upon every object on the dark
+side. Giuliano (as the writer signed himself), began his letter
+with the usual compliments, and informed me that he felt not the
+least anxiety in entering upon the correspondence. He rallied me
+upon my hesitation; occasionally assumed a tone of irony; and then
+more seriously declared that it had given him no little pain to
+observe in me "a certain scrupulous wavering, and a subtilty of
+conscience, which, however Christian-like, was little in accordance
+with true philosophy." "I shall continue to esteem you," he added,
+"though we should not agree upon that point; for I am bound, in all
+sincerity, to inform you, that I have no religion, that I abhor all
+creeds, and that I assume from a feeling of modesty the name of
+Julian, from the circumstance of that good emperor having been so
+decided an enemy of the Christians, though, in fact, I go much
+further than he ever did. The sceptred Julian believed in God, and
+had his own little superstitions. I have none; I believe not in a
+God, but refer all virtue to the love of truth, and the hatred of
+such as do not please me." There was no reasoning in what he said.
+He inveighed bitterly against Christianity, made an idol of worldly
+honour and virtue; and in a half serious and jocular vein took on
+himself to pronounce the Emperor Julian's eulogium for his apostasy,
+and his philanthropic efforts to eradicate all traces of the gospel
+from the face of the earth.
+
+Apprehending that he had thus given too severe a shock to my
+opinions, he then asked my pardon, attempting to excuse himself upon
+the ground of PERFECT SINCERITY. Reiterating his extreme wish to
+enter into more friendly relations with me, he then bade me
+farewell.
+
+In a postscript he added:- "I have no sort of scruples, except a
+fear of not having made myself sufficiently understood. I ought not
+to conceal that to me the Christian language which you employ,
+appears a mere mask to conceal your real opinions. I wish it may be
+so; and in this case, throw off your cloak, as I have set you an
+example."
+
+I cannot describe the effect this letter had upon me. I had opened
+it full of hope and ardour. Suddenly an icy hand seemed to chill
+the life-blood of my heart. That sarcasm on my conscientiousness
+hurt me extremely. I repented having formed any acquaintance with
+such a man, I who so much detest the doctrine of the cynics, who
+consider it so wholly unphilosophical, and the most injurious in its
+tendency: I who despise all kind of arrogance as it deserves.
+
+Having read the last word it contained, I took the letter in both my
+hands, and tearing it directly down the middle, I held up a half in
+each like an executioner, employed in exposing it to public scorn.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXVII.
+
+
+
+I kept my eye fixed on the fragments, meditating for a moment upon
+the inconstancy and fallacy of human things I had just before
+eagerly desired to obtain, that which I now tore with disdain. I
+had hoped to have found a companion in misfortune, and how I should
+have valued his friendship! Now I gave him all kinds of hard names,
+insolent, arrogant, atheist, and self-condemned.
+
+I repeated the same operation, dividing the wretched members of the
+guilty letter again and again, till happening to cast my eye on a
+piece remaining in my hand, expressing some better sentiment, I
+changed my intention, and collecting together the disjecta membra,
+ingeniously pieced them with the view of reading it once more. I
+sat down, placed them on my great Bible, and examined the whole. I
+then got up, walked about, read, and thought, "If I do not answer,"
+said I, "he will think he has terrified me at the mere appearance of
+such a philosophical hero, a very Hercules in his own estimation.
+Let us show him, with all due courtesy, that we fear not to confront
+him and his vicious doctrines, any more than to brave the risk of a
+correspondence, more dangerous to others than to ourselves. I will
+teach him that true courage does not consist in ridiculing
+CONSCIENCE, and that real dignity does not consist in arrogance and
+pride. He shall be taught the reasonableness of Christianity, and
+the nothingness of disbelief. Moreover, if this mock Julian start
+opinions so directly opposite to my own, if he spare not the most
+biting sarcasm, if he attack me thus uncourteously; is it not all a
+proof that he can be no spy? Yet, might not this be a mere
+stratagem, to draw me into a discussion by wounding my self-love?
+Yet no! I am unjust--I smart under his bitter irreligious jests,
+and conclude at once that he must be the most infamous of men. Base
+suspicion, which I have so often decried in others! he may be what
+he appears--a presumptuous infidel, but not a spy. Have I even a
+right to call by the name of INSOLENCE, what he considers SINCERITY.
+Is this, I continued, thy humility, oh, hypocrite? If any one
+presume to maintain his own opinions, and to question your faith, he
+is forthwith to be met with contempt and abuse. Is not this worse
+in a Christian, than the bold sincerity of the unbeliever? Yes, and
+perhaps he only requires one ray of Divine grace, to employ his
+noble energetic love of truth in the cause of true religion, with
+far greater success than yourself. Were it not, then, more becoming
+in me to pray for, than to irritate him? Who knows, but while
+employed in destroying his letter with every mark of ignominy, he
+might be reading mine with expressions of kindness and affection;
+never dreaming I should fly into such a mighty passion at his plain
+and bold sincerity. Is he not the better of the two, to love and
+esteem me while declaring he is no Christian; than I who exclaim, I
+am a Christian, and I detest you. It is difficult to obtain a
+knowledge of a man during a long intercourse, yet I would condemn
+him on the evidence of a single letter. He may, perhaps, be unhappy
+in his atheism, and wish to hear all my arguments to enable him the
+better to arrive at the truth. Perhaps, too, I may be called to
+effect so beneficent a work, the humble instrument of a gracious
+God. Oh, that it may indeed be so, I will not shrink from the
+task."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXVIII.
+
+
+
+I sat down to write to Julian, and was cautious not to let one
+irritating word proceed from my pen. I took in good part his
+reflection upon my fastidiousness of conscience; I even joked about
+it, telling him he perhaps gave me too much credit for it, and ought
+to suspend his good opinion till he knew me better. I praised his
+sincerity, assuring him that he would find me equal to him in this
+respect, and that as a proof of it, I had determined to defend
+Christianity, "Well persuaded," I added, "that as I shall readily
+give free scope to your opinions, you will be prepared to give me
+the same advantage."
+
+I then boldly entered upon my task, arguing my way by degrees, and
+analysing with impartiality the essence of Christianity; the worship
+of God free from superstitions, the brotherhood of mankind,
+aspiration after virtue, humility without baseness, dignity without
+pride, as exemplified in our Divine Saviour! what more
+philosophical, and more truly grand?
+
+It was next my object to demonstrate, "that this divine wisdom had
+more or less displayed itself to all those who by the light of
+reason had sought after the truth, though not generally diffused
+till the arrival of its great Author upon the earth. He had proved
+his heavenly mission by effecting the most wonderful and glorious
+results, by human means the most mean and humble. What the greatest
+philosophers had in vain attempted, the overthrow of idolatry, and
+the universal preaching of love and brotherhood, was achieved by a
+few untutored missionaries. From that era was first dated the
+emancipation of slaves, no less from bondage of limbs than of mind,
+until by degrees a civilisation without slavery became apparent, a
+state of society believed to be utterly impracticable by the ancient
+philosophers. A review of history from the appearance of Christ to
+the present age, would finally demonstrate that the religion he
+established had invariably been found adapted to all possible grades
+in civilised society. For this reason, the assertion that the
+gospel was no longer in accordance with the continued progress of
+civilisation, could not for a moment be maintained."
+
+I wrote in as small characters as I could, and at great length, but
+I could not embrace all which I had ready prepared upon the subject.
+I re-examined the whole carefully. There was not one revengeful,
+injurious, or even repulsive word. Benevolence, toleration, and
+forbearance, were the only weapons I employed against ridicule and
+sarcasm of every kind; they were also employed after mature
+deliberation, and dictated from the heart.
+
+I despatched the letter, and in no little anxiety waited the arrival
+of the next morning, in hopes of a speedy reply.
+
+Tremerello came, and observed; "The gentleman, sir, was not able to
+write, but entreats of you to continue the joke."
+
+"The joke!" I exclaimed. "No, he could not have said that! you must
+have mistaken him."
+
+Tremerello shrugged up his shoulders: "I suppose I must, if you say
+so."
+
+"But did it really seem as if he had said a joke?"
+
+"As plainly as I now hear the sound of St. Mark's clock;" (the
+Campanone was just then heard.) I drank my coffee and was silent.
+
+"But tell me; did he read the whole of the letter?"
+
+"I think he did; for he laughed like a madman, and then squeezing
+your letter into a ball, he began to throw it about, till reminding
+him that he must not forget to destroy it, he did so immediately."
+
+"That is very well."
+
+I then put my coffee cup into Tremerello's hands, observing that it
+was plain the coffee had been made by the Siora Bettina.
+
+"What! is it so bad?"
+
+"Quite vile!"
+
+"Well! I made it myself; and I can assure you that I made it
+strong; there were no dregs."
+
+"True; it may be, my mouth is out of taste."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIX.
+
+
+
+I walked about the whole morning in a rage. "What an abandoned
+wretch is this Julian! what, call my letter a joke! play at ball
+with it, reply not a single line! But all your infidels are alike!
+They dare not stand the test of argument; they know their weakness,
+and try to turn it off with a jest. Full of vanity and boasting,
+they venture not to examine even themselves. They philosophers,
+indeed! worthy disciples of Democritus; who DID nothing but laugh,
+and WAS nothing but a buffoon. I am rightly served, however, for
+beginning a correspondence like this; and still more for writing a
+second time."
+
+At dinner, Tremerello took up my wine, poured it into a flask, and
+put it into his pocket, observing: "I see that you are in want of
+paper;" and he gave me some. He retired, and the moment I cast my
+eye on the paper, I felt tempted to sit down and write to Julian a
+sharp lecture on his intolerable turpitude and presumption, and so
+take leave of him. But again, I repented of my own violence, and
+uncharitableness, and finally resolved to write another letter in a
+better spirit as I had done before.
+
+I did so, and despatched it without delay. The next morning I
+received a few lines, simply expressive of the writer's thanks; but
+without a single jest, or the least invitation to continue the
+correspondence. Such a billet displeased me; nevertheless I
+determined to persevere. Six long letters were the result, for each
+of which I received a few laconic lines of thanks, with some
+declamation against his enemies, followed by a joke on the abuse he
+had heaped upon them, asserting that it was extremely natural the
+strong should oppress the weak, and regretting that he was not in
+the list of the former. He then related some of his love affairs,
+and observed that they exercised no little sway over his disturbed
+imagination.
+
+In reply to my last on the subject of Christianity, he said he had
+prepared a long letter; for which I looked out in vain, though he
+wrote to me every day on other topics--chiefly a tissue of obscenity
+and folly.
+
+I reminded him of his promise that he would answer all my arguments,
+and recommended him to weigh well the reasonings with which I had
+supplied him before he attempted to write. He replied to this
+somewhat in a rage, assuming the airs of a philosopher, a man of
+firmness, a man who stood in no want of brains to distinguish "a
+hawk from a hand-saw." {16} He then resumed his jocular vein, and
+began to enlarge upon his experiences in life, and especially some
+very scandalous love adventures.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XL.
+
+
+
+I bore all this patiently, to give him no handle for accusing me of
+bigotry or intolerance, and in the hope that after the fever of
+erotic buffoonery and folly had subsided, he might have some lucid
+intervals, and listen to common sense. Meantime I gave him
+expressly to understand that I disapproved of his want of respect
+towards women, his free and profane expressions, and pitied those
+unhappy ones, who, he informed me, had been his victims.
+
+He pretended to care little about my disapprobation, and repeated:
+"spite of your fine strictures upon immorality, I know well you are
+amused with the account of my adventures. All men are as fond of
+pleasure as I am, but they have not the frankness to talk of it
+without cloaking it from the eyes of the world; I will go on till
+you are quite enchanted, and confess yourself compelled in VERY
+CONSCIENCE to applaud me." So he went on from week to week, I
+bearing with him, partly out of curiosity and partly in the
+expectation he would fall upon some better topic; and I can fairly
+say that this species of tolerance, did me no little harm. I began
+to lose my respect for pure and noble truths, my thoughts became
+confused, and my mind disturbed. To converse with men of degraded
+minds is in itself degrading, at least if you possess not virtue
+very superior to mine. "This is a proper punishment," said I, "for
+my presumption; this it is to assume the office of a missionary
+without its sacredness of character."
+
+One day I determined to write to him as follows:- " I have hitherto
+attempted to turn your attention to other subjects, and you
+persevere in sending me accounts of yourself which no way please me.
+For the sake of variety, let us correspond a little respecting
+worthier matters; if not, give the hand of fellowship, and let us
+have done."
+
+The two ensuing days I received no answer, and I was glad of it.
+"Oh, blessed solitude;" often I exclaimed, "how far holier and
+better art thou than harsh and undignified association with the
+living. Away with the empty and impious vanities, the base actions,
+the low despicable conversations of such a world. I have studied it
+enough; let me turn to my communion with God; to the calm, dear
+recollections of my family and my true friends. I will read my
+Bible oftener than I have done, I will again write down my thoughts,
+will try to raise and improve them, and taste the pleasure of a
+sorrow at least innocent; a thousand fold to be preferred to vulgar
+and wicked imaginations."
+
+Whenever Tremerello now entered my room he was in the habit of
+saying, "I have got no answer yet."
+
+"It is all right," was my reply.
+
+About the third day from this, he said, with a serious look, "Signor
+N. N. is rather indisposed."
+
+"What is the matter with him?"
+
+"He does not say, but he has taken to his bed, neither eats nor
+drinks, and is sadly out of humour."
+
+I was touched; he was suffering and had no one to console him.
+
+"I will write him a few lines," exclaimed I.
+
+"I will take them this evening, then," said Tremerello, and he went
+out.
+
+I was a little perplexed on sitting down to my table: "Am I right
+in resuming this correspondence? was I not, just now, praising
+solitude as a treasure newly found? what inconsistency is this! Ah!
+but he neither eats nor drinks, and I fear must be very ill. Is it,
+then, a moment to abandon him? My last letter was severe, and may
+perhaps have caused him pain. Perhaps, in spite of our different
+ways of thinking, he wished not to end our correspondence. Yes, he
+has thought my letter more caustic than I meant it to be, and taken
+it in the light of an absolute and contemptuous dismission.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XLI.
+
+
+
+I sat down and wrote as follows:-
+
+"I hear that you are not well, and am extremely sorry for it. I
+wish I were with you, and enabled to assist you as a friend. I hope
+your illness is the sole cause why you have not written to me during
+the last three days. Did you take offence at my little strictures
+the other day? Believe me they were dictated by no ill will or
+spleen, but with the single object of drawing your attention to more
+serious subjects. Should it be irksome for you to write, send me an
+exact account, by word, how you find yourself. You shall hear from
+me every day, and I will try to say something to amuse you, and to
+show you that I really wish you well."
+
+Imagine my unfeigned surprise when I received an answer, couched in
+these terms:
+
+"I renounce your friendship: if you are at a loss how to estimate
+mine, I return the compliment in its full force. I am not a man to
+put up with injurious treatment; I am not one, who, once rejected,
+will be ordered to return."
+
+"Because you heard I was unwell, you approach me with a hypocritical
+air, in the idea that illness will break down my spirit, and make me
+listen to your sermons . . . "
+
+In this way he rambled on, reproaching and despising me in the most
+revolting terms he could find, and turning every thing I had said
+into ridicule and burlesque. He assured me that he knew how to live
+and die with consistency; that is to say, with the utmost hatred and
+contempt for all philosophical creeds differing from his own. I was
+dismayed!
+
+"A pretty conversion I have made of it!" I exclaimed; "yet God is my
+witness that my motives were pure. I have done nothing to merit an
+attack like this. But patience! I am once more undeceived. I am
+not called upon to do more."
+
+In a few days I became less angry, and conceived that all this
+bitterness might have resulted from some excitement which might pass
+away. Probably he repents, yet scorns to confess he was in the
+wrong. In such a state of mind, it might be generous of me to write
+to him once more. It cost my self-love something, but I did it. To
+humble one's self for a good purpose is not degrading, with whatever
+degree of unjust contempt it may be returned.
+
+I received a reply less violent, but not less insulting. The
+implacable patient declared that he admired what he called my
+evangelical moderation. "Now, therefore," he continued, "let us
+resume our correspondence, but let us speak out. We do not like
+each other, but we will write, each for his own amusement, setting
+everything down which may come into our heads. You will tell me
+your seraphic visions and revelations, and I will treat you with my
+profane adventures; you again will run into ecstasies upon the
+dignity of man, yea, and of woman; I into an ingenuous narrative of
+my various profanations; I hoping to make a convert of you, and you
+of me.
+
+"Give me an answer should you approve these conditions."
+
+I replied, "Yours is not a compact, but a jest. I was full of good-
+will towards you. My conscience does not constrain me to do more
+than to wish you every happiness both as regards this and another
+life."
+
+Thus ended my secret connexion with that strange man. But who
+knows; he was perhaps more exasperated by ill fortune, delirium, or
+despair, than really bad at heart.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XLII.
+
+
+
+I once more learnt to value solitude, and my days tracked each other
+without any distinction or mark of change.
+
+The summer was over; it was towards the close of September, and the
+heat grew less oppressive; October came. I congratulated myself now
+on occupying a chamber well adapted for winter. One morning,
+however, the jailer made his appearance, with an order to change my
+prison.
+
+"And where am I to go?"
+
+"Only a few steps, into a fresher chamber."
+
+"But why not think of it when I was dying of suffocation; when the
+air was filled with gnats, and my bed with bugs?"
+
+"The order did not come before."
+
+"Patience! let us be gone!"
+
+Notwithstanding I had suffered so greatly in this prison, it gave me
+pain to leave it; not simply because it would have been best for the
+winter season, but for many other reasons. There I had the ants to
+attract my attention, which I had fed and looked upon, I may almost
+say, with paternal care. Within the last few days, however, my
+friend the spider, and my great ally in my war with the gnats, had,
+for some reason or other, chosen to emigrate; at least he did not
+come as usual. "Yet perhaps," said I, "he may remember me, and come
+back, but he will find my prison empty, or occupied by some other
+guest--no friend perhaps to spiders--and thus meet with an awkward
+reception. His fine woven house, and his gnat-feasts will all be
+put an end to."
+
+Again, my gloomy abode had been embellished by the presence of
+Angiola, so good, so gentle and compassionate. There she used to
+sit, and try every means she could devise to amuse me, even dropping
+crumbs of bread for my little visitors, the ants; and there I heard
+her sobs, and saw the tears fall thick and fast, as she spoke of her
+cruel lover.
+
+The place I was removed to was under the leaden prisons, (I Piombi)
+open to the north and west, with two windows, one on each side; an
+abode exposed to perpetual cold and even icy chill during the
+severest months. The window to the west was the largest, that to
+the north was high and narrow, and situated above my bed.
+
+I first looked out at this last, and found that it commanded a view
+of the Palace of the Patriarch. Other prisons were near mine, in a
+narrow wing to the right, and in a projection of the building right
+opposite. Here were two prisons, one above the other. The lower
+had an enormous window, through which I could see a man, very richly
+drest, pacing to and fro. It was the Signor Caporale di Cesena. He
+perceived me, made a signal, and we pronounced each other's names.
+
+I next looked out at my other window. I put the little table upon
+my bed, and a chair upon my table; I climbed up and found myself on
+a level with part of the palace roof; and beyond this was to be seen
+a fine view of the city and the lake.
+
+I paused to admire it; and though I heard some one open the door, I
+did not move. It was the jailer; and perceiving that I had
+clambered up, he got it into his head I was making an attempt to
+escape, forgetting, in his alarm, that I was not a mouse to creep
+through all those narrow bars. In a moment he sprung upon the bed,
+spite of a violent sciatica which had nearly bent him double, and
+catching me by the legs, he began to call out, "thieves and murder!"
+
+"But don't you see," I exclaimed, "you thoughtless man, that I
+cannot conjure myself through these horrible bars? Surely you know
+I got up here out of mere curiosity."
+
+"Oh, yes, I see, I apprehend, sir; but quick, sir, jump down, sir;
+these are all temptations of the devil to make you think of it! come
+down, sir, pray."
+
+I lost no time in my descent, and laughed.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XLIII.
+
+
+
+At the windows of the side prisons I recognised six other prisoners,
+all there on account of politics. Just then, as I was composing my
+mind to perfect solitude, I found myself comparatively in a little
+world of human beings around me. The change was, at first, irksome
+to me, such complete seclusion having rendered me almost unsociable,
+add to which, the disagreeable termination of my correspondence with
+Julian. Still, the little conversation I was enabled to carry on,
+partly by signs, with my new fellow-prisoners, was of advantage by
+diverting my attention. I breathed not a word respecting my
+correspondence with Julian; it was a point of honour between us, and
+in bringing it forward here, I was fully aware that in the immense
+number of unhappy men with which these prisons were thronged, it
+would be impossible to ascertain who was the assumed Julian.
+
+To the interest derived from seeing my fellow-captives was added
+another of a yet more delightful kind. I could perceive from my
+large window, beyond the projection of prisons, situated right
+before me, a surface of roofs; decorated with cupolas, campanili,
+towers, and chimneys, which gradually faded in a distant view of sea
+and sky. In the house nearest to me, a wing of the Patriarchal
+palace, lived an excellent family, who had a claim to my gratitude,
+for expressing, by their salutations, the interest which they took
+in my fate. A sign, a word of kindness to the unhappy, is really
+charity of no trivial kind. From one of the windows I saw a little
+boy, nine or ten years old, stretching out his hands towards me, and
+I heard him call out, "Mamma, mamma, they have placed somebody up
+there in the Piombi. Oh, you poor prisoner, who are you?"
+
+"I am Silvio Pellico," was the reply.
+
+Another older boy now ran to the same window, and cried out, "Are
+you Silvio Pellico?"
+
+"Yes; and tell me your names, dear boys."
+
+"My name is Antonio S-, and my brother's is Joseph."
+
+He then turned round, and, speaking to some one within, "What else
+ought I to ask him?" A lady, whom I conjecture to have been their
+mother, then half concealed, suggested some pretty words to them,
+which they repeated, and for which I thanked them with all my heart.
+These sort of communications were a small matter, yet it required to
+be cautious how we indulged in them, lest we should attract the
+notice of the jailer. Morning, noon, and night, they were a source
+of the greatest consolation; the little boys were constantly in the
+habit of bidding me good night, before the windows were closed, and
+the lights brought in, "Good night, Silvio," and often it was
+repeated by the good lady, in a more subdued voice, "Good night,
+Silvio, have courage!"
+
+When engaged at their meals they would say, "How we wish we could
+give you any of this good coffee and milk. Pray remember, the first
+day they let you out, to come and see us. Mamma and we will give
+you plenty of good things, {17} and as many kisses as you like."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XLIV.
+
+
+
+The month of October brought round one of the most disagreeable
+anniversaries in my life. I was arrested on the 13th of that month
+in the preceding year. Other recollections of the same period, also
+pained me. That day two years, a highly valued and excellent man
+whom I truly honoured, was drowned in the Ticino. Three years
+before, a young person, Odoardo Briche, {18} whom I loved as if he
+had been my own son, had accidentally killed himself with a musket.
+Earlier in my youth another severe affliction had befallen me in the
+same month.
+
+Though not superstitious, the remembrance of so many unhappy
+occurrences at the same period of the year, inspired a feeling of
+extreme sorrow. While conversing at the window with the children,
+and with my fellow prisoners, I assumed an air of mirth, but hardly
+had I re-entered my cave than an irresistible feeling of melancholy
+weighed down every faculty of my mind. In vain I attempted to
+engage in some literary composition; I was involuntarily impelled to
+write upon other topics. I thought of my family, and wrote letters
+after letters, in which I poured forth all my burdened spirit, all I
+had felt and enjoyed of home, in far happier days, surrounded by
+brothers, sisters, and friends who had always loved me. The desire
+of seeing them, and long compulsory separation, led me to speak on a
+variety of little things, and reveal a thousand thoughts of
+gratitude and tenderness, which would not otherwise have occurred to
+my mind.
+
+In the same way I took a review of my former life, diverting my
+attention by recalling past incidents, and dwelling upon those
+happier periods now for ever fled. Often, when the picture I had
+thus drawn, and sat contemplating for hours, suddenly vanished from
+my sight, and left me conscious only of the fearful present, and
+more threatening future, the pen fell from my hand; I recoiled with
+horror; the contrast was more than I could bear. These were
+terrific moments; I had already felt them, but never with such
+intense susceptibility as then. It was agony. This I attributed to
+extreme excitement of the passions, occasioned by expressing them in
+the form of letters, addressed to persons to whom I was so tenderly
+attached.
+
+I turned to other subjects, I determined to change the form of
+expressing my ideas, but could not. In whatever way I began, it
+always ended in a letter teeming with affection and with grief.
+
+"What," I exclaimed, "am I no more master of my own will? Is this
+strange necessity of doing that which I object to, a distortion of
+my brain? At first I could have accounted for it; but after being
+inured to this solitude, reconciled, and supported by religious
+reflections; how have I become the slave of these blind impulses,
+these wanderings of heart and mind? let me apply to other matters!"
+I then endeavoured to pray; or to weary my attention by hard study
+of the German. Alas! I commenced and found myself actually engaged
+in writing a letter!
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XLV.
+
+
+
+Such a state of mind was a real disease, or I know not if it may be
+called a kind of somnambulism. Without doubt it was the effect of
+extreme lassitude, occasioned by continual thought and watchfulness.
+
+It gained upon me. I grew feverish and sleepless. I left off
+coffee, but the disease was not removed. It appeared to me as if I
+were two persons, one of them eagerly bent upon writing letters, the
+other upon doing something else. "At least," said I, "you shall
+write them in German if you do; and we shall learn a little of the
+language. Methought HE then set to work, and wrote volumes of bad
+German, and he certainly brought me rapidly forward in the study of
+it. Towards morning, my mind being wholly exhausted, I fell into a
+heavy stupor, during which all those most dear to me haunted my
+dreams. I thought that my father and mother were weeping over me; I
+heard their lamentations, and suddenly I started out of my sleep
+sobbing and affrighted. Sometimes, during short, disturbed
+slumbers, I heard my mother's voice, as if consoling others, with
+whom she came into my prison, and she addressed me in the most
+affectionate language upon the duty of resignation, and then, when I
+was rejoiced to see her courage, and that of others, suddenly she
+appeared to burst into tears, and all wept. I can convey no idea of
+the species of agony which I at these times felt.
+
+To escape from this misery, I no longer went to bed. I sat down to
+read by the light of my lamp, but I could comprehend nothing, and
+soon I found that I was even unable to think. I next tried to copy
+something, but still copied something different from what I was
+writing, always recurring to the subject of my afflictions. If I
+retired to rest, it was worse; I could lie in no position; I became
+convulsed, and was constrained to rise. In case I slept, the same
+visions reappeared, and made me suffer much more than I did by
+keeping awake. My prayers, too, were feeble and ineffectual; and,
+at length, I could simply invoke the name of the Deity; of the Being
+who had assumed a human form, and was acquainted with grief. I was
+afraid to sleep; my prayers seemed to bring me no relief; my
+imagination became excited, and, even when awake, I heard strange
+noises close to me, sometimes sighs and groans, at others mingled
+with sounds of stifled laughter. I was never superstitious, but
+these apparently real and unaccountable sights and sounds led me to
+doubt, and I then firmly believed that I was the victim of some
+unknown and malignant beings. Frequently I took my light, and made
+a search for those mockers and persecutors of my waking and sleeping
+hours. At last they began to pull me by my clothes, threw my books
+upon the ground, blew out my lamp, and even, as it seemed, conveyed
+me into another dungeon. I would then start to my feet, look and
+examine all round me, and ask myself if I were really mad. The
+actual world, and that of my imagination, were no longer
+distinguishable, I knew not whether what I saw and felt was a
+delusion or truth. In this horrible state I could only repeat one
+prayer, "My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me?"
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XLVI.
+
+
+
+One morning early, I threw myself upon my pallet, having first
+placed my handkerchief, as usual, under my pillow. Shortly after,
+falling asleep, I suddenly woke, and found myself in a state of
+suffocation; my persecutors were strangling me, and, on putting my
+hand to my throat, I actually found my own handkerchief, all
+knotted, tied round my neck. I could have sworn I had never made
+those knots; yet I must have done this in my delirium; but as it was
+then impossible to believe it, I lived in continual expectation of
+being strangled. The recollection is still horrible. They left me
+at dawn of day; and, resuming my courage, I no longer felt the least
+apprehension, and even imagined it would be impossible they should
+again return. Yet no sooner did the night set in, than I was again
+haunted by them in all their horrors; being made sensible of their
+gradual approach by cold shiverings, the loss of all power, with a
+species of fascination which riveted both the eye and the mind. In
+fact, the more weak and wretched I felt, at night, the greater were
+my efforts during the day to appear cheerful in conversing with my
+companions, with the two boys at the palace, and with my jailers.
+No one to hear my jokes, would have imagined it possible that I was
+suffering under the disease I did. I thought to encourage myself by
+this forced merriment, but the spectral visions which I laughed at
+by day became fearful realities in the hours of darkness.
+
+Had I dared, I should have petitioned the commission to change my
+apartment, but the fear of ridicule, in case I should be asked my
+reasons, restrained me. No reasonings, no studies, or pursuits, and
+even no prayers, were longer of avail, and the idea of being wholly
+abandoned by heaven, took possession of my mind.
+
+All those wicked sophisms against a just Providence, which, while in
+possession of reason, had appeared to me so vain and impious, now
+recurred with redoubled power, in the form of irresistible
+arguments. I struggled mightily against this last and greatest evil
+I had yet borne, and in the lapse of a few days the temptation fled.
+Still I refused to acknowledge the truth and beauty of religion; I
+quoted the assertions of the most violent atheists, and those which
+Julian had so recently dwelt upon: "Religion serves only to
+enfeeble the mind," was one of these, and I actually presumed that
+by renouncing my God I should acquire greater fortitude. Insane
+idea! I denied God, yet knew not how to deny those invisible
+malevolent beings, that appeared to encompass me, and feast upon my
+sufferings.
+
+What shall I call this martyrdom? is it enough to say that it was a
+disease? or was it a divine chastisement for my pride, to teach me
+that without a special illumination I might become as great an
+unbeliever as Julian, and still more absurd. However this may be,
+it pleased God to deliver me from such evil, when I least expected
+it. One morning, after taking my coffee, I was seized with violent
+sickness, attended with colic. I imagined that I had been poisoned.
+After excessive vomiting, I burst into a strong perspiration and
+retired to bed. About mid-day I fell asleep, and continued in a
+quiet slumber till evening. I awoke in great surprise at this
+unexpected repose, and, thinking I should not sleep again, I got up.
+On rising I said, "I shall now have more fortitude to resist my
+accustomed terrors." But they returned no more. I was in
+ecstasies; I threw myself upon my knees in the fulness of my heart,
+and again prayed to my God in spirit and in truth, beseeching pardon
+for having denied, during many days, His holy name. It was almost
+too much for my newly reviving strength, and while even yet upon my
+knees, supporting my head against a chair, I fell into a profound
+sleep in that very position.
+
+Some hours afterwards, as I conjectured, I seemed in part to awake,
+but no sooner had I stretched my weary limbs upon my rude couch than
+I slept till the dawn of day. The same disposition to somnolency
+continued through the day, and the next night, I rested as soundly
+as before. What was the sort of crisis that had thus taken place?
+I know not; but I was perfectly restored.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XLVII.
+
+
+
+The sickness of the stomach which I had so long laboured under now
+ceased, the pains of the head also left me, and I felt an
+extraordinary appetite. My digestion was good, and I gained
+strength. Wonderful providence! that deprived me of my health to
+humble my mind, and again restored it when the moment was at hand
+that I should require it all, that I might not sink under the weight
+of my sentence.
+
+On the 24th of November, one of our companions, Dr. Foresti, was
+taken from the Piombi, and transported no one knew whither. The
+jailer, his wife, and the assistants, were alike alarmed, and not
+one of them ventured to throw the least light upon this mysterious
+affair.
+
+"And why should you persist," said Tremerello, "in wishing to know,
+when nothing good is to be heard? I have told you too much--too
+much already."
+
+"Then what is the use of trying to hide it? I know it too well. He
+is condemned to death."
+
+"Who? . . . he . . . Doctor Foresti?"
+
+Tremerello hesitated, but the love of gossip was not the least of
+his virtues.
+
+"Don't say, then," he resumed, "that I am a babbler; I never wished
+to say a word about these matters; so, remember, it is you who
+compel me."
+
+"Yes, yes, I do compel you; but courage! tell me every thing you
+know respecting the poor Doctor?"
+
+"Ah, Sir! they have made him cross the Bridge of Sighs! he lies in
+the dungeons of the condemned; sentence of death has been announced
+to him and two others."
+
+"And will it be executed? When? Oh, unhappy man! and what are the
+others' names?"
+
+"I know no more. The sentences have not been published. It is
+reported in Venice that they will be commuted. I trust in God they
+may, at least, as regards the good Doctor. Do you know, I am as
+fond of that noble fellow, pardon the expression, as if he were my
+own brother."
+
+He seemed moved, and walked away. Imagine the agitation I suffered
+throughout the whole of that day, and indeed long after, as there
+were no means of ascertaining anything further respecting the fate
+of these unfortunate men.
+
+A month elapsed, and at length the sentences connected with the
+first trial were published. Nine were condemned to death,
+GRACIOUSLY exchanged for hard imprisonment, some for twenty, and
+others for fifteen years in the fortress of Spielberg, near the city
+of Brunn, in Moravia; while those for ten years and under were to be
+sent to the fortress of Lubiana.
+
+Were we authorised to conclude, from this commutation of sentence in
+regard to those first condemned, that the parties subject to the
+second trial would likewise be spared? Was the indulgence to be
+confined only to the former, on account of their having been
+arrested previous to the publication of the edicts against secret
+societies; the full vengeance of the law being reserved for
+subsequent offenders?
+
+Well, I exclaimed, we shall not long be kept in suspense; I am at
+least grateful to Heaven for being allowed time to prepare myself in
+a becoming manner for the final scene.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XLVIII.
+
+
+
+It was now my only consideration how to die like a Christian, and
+with proper fortitude. I felt, indeed, a strong temptation to avoid
+the scaffold by committing suicide, but overcame it. What merit is
+there in refusing to die by the hand of the executioner, and yet to
+fall by one's own? To save one's honour? But is it not childish to
+suppose that there can be more honour in cheating the executioner,
+than in not doing this, when it is clear that we must die. Even had
+I not been a Christian, upon serious reflection, suicide would have
+appeared to me both ridiculous and useless, if not criminal in a
+high degree.
+
+"If the term of life be expired," continued I, "am I not fortunate
+in being permitted to collect my thoughts and purify my conscience
+with penitence and prayer becoming a man in affliction. In popular
+estimation, the being led to the scaffold is the worst part of
+death; in the opinion of the wise, is not this far preferable to the
+thousand deaths which daily occur by disease, attended by general
+prostration of intellect, without power to raise the thoughts from
+the lowest state of physical exhaustion."
+
+I felt the justice of this reasoning, and lost all feeling of
+anxiety or terror at the idea of a public execution. I reflected
+deeply on the sacraments calculated to support me under such an
+appalling trial, and I felt disposed to receive them in a right
+spirit. Should I have been enabled, had I really been conducted to
+the scaffold, to preserve the same elevation of mind, the same
+forgiveness of my enemies, the same readiness to lay down my life at
+the will of God, as I then felt? Alas, how inconsistent is man!
+when most firm and pious, how liable is he to fall suddenly into
+weakness and crime! Is it likely I should have died worthily? God
+only knows; I dare not think well enough of myself to assert it.
+
+The probable approach of death so riveted my imagination, that not
+only did it seem possible but as if marked by an infallible
+presentiment. I no longer indulged a hope of avoiding it, and at
+every sound of footsteps and keys, or the opening of my door, I was
+in the habit of exclaiming: "Courage! Perhaps I am going to
+receive sentence. Let me hear it with calm dignity, and bless the
+name of the Lord."
+
+I considered in what terms I should last address my family, each of
+my brothers, and each of my sisters, and by revolving in my mind
+these sacred and affecting duties, I was often drowned in tears,
+without losing my fortitude and resignation.
+
+I was naturally unable to enjoy sound repose; but my sleeplessness
+was not of the same alarming character as before; no visions,
+spectres, or concealed enemies were ready to deprive me of life. I
+spent the night in calm and reviving prayer. Towards morning I was
+enabled to sleep for about two hours, and rose late to breakfast.
+
+One night I had retired to rest earlier than usual; I had hardly
+slept a quarter of an hour, when I awoke, and beheld an immense
+light upon the wall opposite to me. At first I imagined that I had
+been seized with my former illness; but this was no illusion. The
+light shone through the north window, under which I then lay.
+
+I started up, seized my table, placed it on my bed, and a chair
+again upon the table, by means of all which I mounted up, and beheld
+one of the most terrific spectacles of fire that can be imagined.
+It was not more than a musket shot distant from our prison; it
+proceeded from the establishment of the public ovens, and the
+edifice was entirely consumed.
+
+The night was exceedingly dark, and vast globes of flame spouted
+forth on both sides, borne away by a violent wind. All around, it
+seemed as if the sky rained sparks of fire. The adjacent lake
+reflected the magnificent sight; numbers of gondolas went and came,
+but my sympathy was most excited at the danger and terrors of those
+who resided nearest to the burning edifice. I heard the far off
+voices of men and women calling to each other. Among others, I
+caught the name of Angiola, and of this doubtless there are some
+thousands in Venice: yet I could not help fearing it might be the
+one of whom the recollection was so sweet to me. Could it be her?--
+was she surrounded by the flames? how I longed to fly to her rescue.
+
+Full of excitement, wonder, and terror, I stood at the window till
+the day dawned, I then got down oppressed by a feeling of deep
+sorrow, and imagined much greater misfortune than had really
+occurred. I was informed by Tremerello that only the ovens and the
+adjoining magazine had suffered, the loss consisting chiefly of corn
+and sacks of flour.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XLIX.
+
+
+
+The effect of this accident upon my imagination had not yet ceased,
+when one night, as I was sitting at my little table reading, and
+half perished with cold, I heard a number of voices not far from me.
+They were those of the jailer, his wife, and sons, with the
+assistants, all crying:
+
+"Fire! fire. Oh, blessed Virgin! we are lost, we are lost!"
+
+I felt no longer cold, I started to my feet in a violent
+perspiration, and looked out to discover the quarter from which the
+fire proceeded. I could perceive nothing, I was informed, however,
+that it arose in the palace itself, from some public chambers
+contiguous to the prisons. One of the assistants called out, "But,
+sir governor, what shall we do with these caged birds here, if the
+fire keeps a head?" The head jailer replied, "Why, I should not
+like to have them roasted alive. Yet I cannot let them out of their
+bars without special orders from the commission. You may run as
+fast as you can, and get an order if you can."
+
+"To be sure I will, but, you know, it will be too late for the
+prisoners."
+
+All this was said in the rude Venetian dialect, but I understood it
+too well. And now, where was all my heroic spirit and resignation,
+which I had counted upon to meet sudden death? Why did the idea of
+being burnt alive throw me into such a fever? I felt ashamed of
+this unworthy fear, and though just on the point of crying out to
+the jailer to let me out, I restrained myself, reflecting that there
+might be as little pleasure in being strangled as in being burnt.
+Still I felt really afraid.
+
+"Here," said I, "is a specimen of my courage, should I escape the
+flames, and be doomed to mount the scaffold. I will restrain my
+fear, and hide it from others as well as I can, though I know I
+shall tremble. Yet surely it is courage to behave as if we were not
+afraid, whatever we may feel. Is it not generosity to give away
+that which it costs us much to part with? It is, also, an act of
+obedience, though we obey with great repugnance."
+
+The tumult in the jailer's house was so loud and continued that I
+concluded the fire was on the increase. The messenger sent to ask
+permission for our temporary release had not returned. At last I
+thought I heard his voice; no; I listened, he is not come. Probably
+the permission will not be granted; there will be no means of
+escape; if the jailer should not humanely take the responsibility
+upon himself, we shall be suffocated in our dungeons! Well, but
+this, I exclaimed, is not philosophy, and it is not religion. Were
+it not better to prepare myself to witness the flames bursting into
+my chamber, and about to swallow me up.
+
+Meantime the clamour seemed to diminish; by degrees it died away;
+was this any proof that the fire had ceased? Or, perhaps, all who
+could had already fled, and left the prisoners to their fate.
+
+The silence continued, no flames appeared, and I retired to bed,
+reproaching myself for the want of fortitude I had evinced. Indeed,
+I began to regret that I had not been burnt alive, instead of being
+handed over, as a victim, into the hands of men.
+
+The next morning, I learnt the real cause of the fire from
+Tremerello, and laughed at his account of the fear he had endured,
+as if my own had not been as great--perhaps, in fact, much greater
+of the two.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER L.
+
+
+
+On the 11th of January, 1822, about nine in the morning, Tremerello
+came into my room in no little agitation, and said,
+
+"Do you know, Sir, that in the island of San Michele, a little way
+from Venice, there is a prison containing more than a hundred
+Carbonari."
+
+"You have told me so a hundred times. Well! what would you have me
+hear, speak out; are some of them condemned?"
+
+"Exactly."
+
+"Who are they?"
+
+"I don't know."
+
+"Is my poor friend Maroncelli among them?"
+
+"Ah, Sir, too many . . . I know not who." And he went away in great
+emotion, casting on me a look of compassion.
+
+Shortly after came the jailer, attended by the assistants, and by a
+man whom I had never before seen. The latter opened his subject as
+follows: "The commission, Sir, has given orders that you come with
+me!"
+
+"Let us go, then," I replied; "may I ask who you are?"
+
+"I am jailer of the San Michele prisons, where I am going to take
+you."
+
+The jailer of the Piombi delivered to the new governor the money
+belonging to me which he had in his hands. I obtained permission to
+make some little present to the under jailers; I then put my clothes
+in order, put my Bible under my arm, and departed. In descending
+the immense track of staircases, Tremerello for a moment took my
+hand; he pressed it as much as to say, "Unhappy man! you are lost."
+
+We came out at a gate which opened upon the lake, and there stood a
+gondola with two under jailers belonging to San Michele.
+
+I entered the boat with feelings of the most contradictory nature;
+regret at leaving the prison of the Piombi, where I had suffered so
+much, but where I had become attached to some individuals, and they
+to me; the pleasure of beholding once more the sky, the city, and
+the clear waters, without the intervention of iron bars. Add to
+this the recollection of that joyous gondola, which, in time past,
+had borne me on the bosom of that placid lake; the gondolas of the
+lake of Como, those of Lago Maggiore, the little barks of the Po,
+those of the Rodano, and of the Sonna! Oh, happy vanished years!
+who, who then so happy in the world as I?
+
+The son of excellent and affectionate parents, in a rank of life,
+perhaps, the happiest for the cultivation of the affections, being
+equally removed from riches and from poverty; I had spent my infancy
+in the participation of the sweetest domestic ties; had been the
+object of the tenderest domestic cares. I had subsequently gone to
+Lyons, to my maternal uncle, an elderly man, extremely wealthy, and
+deserving of all he possessed; and at his mansion I partook of all
+the advantages and delights of elegance and refined society, which
+gave an indescribable charm to those youthful days. Thence
+returning into Italy, under the parental roof, I at once devoted
+myself with ardour to study, and the enjoyment of society;
+everywhere meeting with distinguished friends and the most
+encouraging praise. Monti and Foscolo, although at variance with
+each other, were kind to me. I became more attached to the latter,
+and this irritable man, who, by his asperities, provoked so many to
+quarrel with him, was with me full of gentleness and cordiality.
+Other distinguished characters likewise became attached to me, and I
+returned all their regard. Neither envy nor calumny had the least
+influence over me, or I felt it only from persons who had not the
+power to injure me. On the fall of the kingdom of Italy, my father
+removed to Turin, with the rest of his family. I had preferred to
+remain at Milan, where I spent my time at once so profitably and so
+happily as made me unwilling to leave it. Here I had three friends
+to whom I was greatly attached--D. Pietro Borsieri, Lodovico di
+Breme, and the Count Luigi Porro Lambertenghi. Subsequently I added
+to them Count Federigo Confalonieri. {19} Becoming the preceptor of
+two young sons of Count Porro, I was to them as a father, and their
+father acted like a brother to me. His mansion was the resort not
+only of society the most refined and cultivated of Italy, but of
+numbers of celebrated strangers. It was there I became acquainted
+with De Stael, Schlegel, Davis, Byron, Brougham, Hobhouse, and
+illustrious travellers from all parts of Europe. How delightful,
+how noble an incentive to all that is great and good, is an
+intercourse with men of first-rate merit!. I was then happy; I
+would not have exchanged my lot with a prince; and now, to be
+hurled, as I had been, from the summit of all my hopes and projects,
+into an abyss of wretchedness, and to be hurried thus from dungeon
+to dungeon, to perish doubtless either by a violent death or
+lingering in chains.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LI.
+
+
+
+Absorbed in reflections like these, I reached San Michele, and was
+locked up in a room which embraced a view of the court yard, of the
+lake, and the beautiful island of Murano. I inquired respecting
+Maroncelli from the jailer, from his wife, and the four assistants;
+but their visits were exceedingly brief, very ceremonious, and, in
+fact, they would tell me nothing.
+
+Nevertheless where there are five or six persons, it is rarely you
+do not find one who possesses a compassionate, as well as a
+communicative disposition. I met with such a one, and from him I
+learnt what follows:-
+
+Maroncelli, after having been long kept apart, had been placed with
+Count Camillo Laderchi. {20} The last, within a few days, had been
+declared innocent, and discharged from prison, and the former again
+remained alone. Some other of our companions had also been set at
+liberty; the Professor Romagnosi, {21} and Count Giovanni
+Arrivabene. {22} Captain Rezia {23} and the Signor Canova were
+together. Professor Ressi {24} was dying at that time, in a prison
+next to that of the two before mentioned. "It follows then," said
+I, "that the sentences of those not set at liberty must have
+arrived. How are they to be made known? Perhaps, poor Ressi will
+die; and will not be in a state to hear his sentence; is it true?"
+
+"I believe it is."
+
+Every day I inquired respecting the unhappy man. "He has lost his
+voice; he is rather better; he is delirious; he is nearly gone; he
+spits blood; he is dying;" were the usual replies; till at length
+came the last of all, "He is dead."
+
+I shed a tear to his memory, and consoled myself with thinking that
+he died ignorant of the sentence which awaited him.
+
+The day following, the 21st of February, 1822, the jailer came for
+me about ten o'clock, and conducted me into the Hall of the
+Commission. The members were all seated, but they rose; the
+President, the Inquisitor, and two assisting Judges.--The first,
+with a look of deep commiseration, acquainted me that my sentence
+had arrived; that it was a terrible one; but that the clemency of
+the Emperor had mitigated it.
+
+The Inquisitor, fixing his eye on me, then read it:- "Silvio
+Pellico, condemned to death; the imperial decree is, that the
+sentence be commuted for fifteen years hard imprisonment in the
+fortress of Spielberg."
+
+"The will of God be done!" was my reply.
+
+It was really my intention to bear this horrible blow like a
+Christian, and neither to exhibit nor to feel resentment against any
+one whatever. The President then commended my state of mind, warmly
+recommending me to persevere in it, and that possibly by affording
+an edifying example, I might in a year or two be deemed worthy of
+receiving further favours from the imperial clemency.
+
+Instead, however, of one or two, it was many years before the full
+sentence was remitted.
+
+The other judges also spoke encouragingly to me. One of them,
+indeed, had appeared my enemy on my trial, accosting me in a
+courteous but ironical tone, while his look of insulting triumph
+seemed to belie his words. I would not make oath it was so, but my
+blood was then boiling, and I was trying to smother my passion.
+While they were praising me for my Christian patience, I had not a
+jot of it left me. "To-morrow," continued the Inquisitor, "I am
+sorry to say, you must appear and receive your sentence in public.
+It is a formality which cannot be dispensed with."
+
+"Be it so!" I replied.
+
+"From this time we grant you the company of your friend," he added.
+Then calling the jailer, he consigned me into his hands, ordering
+that I should be placed in the same dungeon with Maroncelli.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LII.
+
+
+
+It was a delightful moment, when, after a separation of three
+months, and having suffered so greatly, I met my friend. For some
+moments we forgot even the severity of our sentence, conscious only
+of each other's presence.
+
+But I soon turned from my friend to perform a more serious duty--
+that of writing to my father. I was desirous that the first tidings
+of my sad lot should reach my family from myself; in order that the
+grief which I knew they would all feel might be at least mitigated
+by hearing my state of mind, and the sentiments of peace and
+religion by which I was supported. The judges had given me a
+promise to expedite the letter the moment it was written.
+
+Maroncelli next spoke to me respecting his trial; I acquainted him
+with mine, and we mutually described our prison walks and
+adventures, complimenting each other on our peripatetic philosophy.
+We approached our window, and saluted three of our friends, whom we
+beheld standing at theirs. Two of these were Canova and Rezia, in
+the same apartment; the first of whom was condemned to six-years'
+hard imprisonment, and the last to three. The third was Doctor
+Cesare Armari, who had been my neighbour some preceding months, in
+the prisons of the Piombi. He was not, however, among the
+condemned, and soon obtained his liberty.
+
+The power of communicating with one or other of our fellow-
+prisoners, at all hours, was a great relief to our feelings. But
+when buried in silence and darkness, I was unable to compose myself
+to rest; I felt my head burn, and my heart bleed, as my thoughts
+reverted to home. Would my aged parents be enabled to bear up
+against so heavy a misfortune? would they find a sufficient resource
+in their other children? They were equally attached to all, and I
+valued myself least of all in that family of love; but will a father
+and a mother ever find in the children that remain to them a
+compensation for the one of whom they are deprived.
+
+Had I dwelt only upon my relatives and a few other dear friends,
+much as I regretted them, my thoughts would have been less bitter
+than they were. But I thought of the insulting smile of that judge,
+of the trial, the cause of the respective sentences, political
+passions and enmities, and the fate of so many of my friends . . .
+It was then I could no longer think with patience or indulgence of
+any of my persecutors. God had subjected me to a severe trial, and
+it was my duty to have borne it with courage. Alas! I was neither
+able nor willing. The pride and luxury of hatred pleased me better
+than the noble spirit of forgiveness; and I passed a night of horror
+after receiving sentence.
+
+In the morning I could not pray. The universe appeared to me, then,
+to be the work of some power, the enemy of good. I had previously,
+indeed, been guilty of calumniating my Creator; but little did I
+imagine I should revert to such ingratitude, and in so brief a time.
+Julian, in his most impious moods, could not express himself more
+impiously than myself. To gloat over thoughts of hatred, or fierce
+revenge, when smarting under the scourge of heaviest calamity,
+instead of flying to religion as a refuge, renders a man criminal,
+even though his cause be just. If we hate, it is a proof of rank
+pride; and where is the wretched mortal that dare stand up and
+declare in the face of Heaven, his title to hatred and revenge
+against his fellows? to assert that none have a right to sit in
+judgment upon him and his actions;--that none can injure him without
+a bad intention, or a violation of all justice? In short, he dares
+to arraign the decrees of Heaven itself, if it please Providence to
+make him suffer in a manner which he does not himself approve.
+
+Still I was unhappy because I could not pray; for when pride reigns
+supreme, it acknowledges no other god than the self-idol it has
+created. How I could have wished to recommend to the Supreme
+Protector, the care of my bereaved parents, though at that unhappy
+moment I felt as if I no more believed in Him.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LIII.
+
+
+
+At nine in the morning Maroncelli and I were conducted into the
+gondola which conveyed us into the city. We alighted at the palace
+of the Doge, and proceeded to the prisons. We were placed in the
+apartment which had been occupied by Signor Caporali a few days
+before, but with whose fate we were not acquainted. Nine or ten
+sbirri were placed over us as a guard, and walking about, we awaited
+the moment of being brought into the square. There was considerable
+delay. The Inquisitor did not make his appearance till noon, and
+then informed us that it was time to go. The physician, also,
+presented himself, and advised us to take a small glass of mint-
+water, which we accepted on account of the extreme compassion which
+the good old man expressed for us. It was Dr. Dosmo. The head
+bailiff then advanced and fixed the hand-cuffs upon us. We followed
+him, accompanied by the other bailiffs.
+
+We next descended the magnificent staircase of the Giganti, and we
+called to mind the old Doge Faliero, who was beheaded there. We
+entered through the great gate which opens upon the small square
+from the court-yard of the palace, and we then turned to the left,
+in the direction of the lake. In the centre of the small square was
+raised the scaffold which we were to ascend. From the staircase of
+the Giganti, extending to the scaffold, were two lines of Austrian
+soldiers, through which we passed.
+
+After ascending the platform, we looked around us, and saw an
+immense assembly of people, apparently struck with terror. In other
+directions were seen bands of armed men, to awe the multitude; and
+we were told that cannon were loaded in readiness to be discharged
+at a moment's notice. I was now exactly in the spot where, in
+September, 1820, just a month previous to my arrest, a mendicant had
+observed to me, "This is a place of misfortune."
+
+I called to mind the circumstance, and reflected that very possibly
+in that immense throng of spectators the same person might be
+present, and perhaps even recognise me.
+
+The German Captain now called out to us to turn towards the palace,
+and look up; we did so, and beheld, upon the lodge, a messenger of
+the Council, with a letter in his hand; it was the sentence; he
+began to read it in a loud voice.
+
+It was ushered in by solemn silence, which was continued until he
+came to the words, CONDEMNED TO DEATH. There was then heard one
+general murmur of compassion. This was followed by a similar
+silence, in order to hear the rest of the document. A fresh murmur
+arose on the announcement of the following:- condemned to hard
+imprisonment, Maroncelli for TWENTY YEARS, and Pellico for FIFTEEN.
+
+The Captain made a sign for us to descend. We cast one glance
+around us, and came down. We re-entered the court-yard, mounted the
+great staircase, and were conducted into the room from which we had
+been dragged. The manacles were removed, and we were soon
+reconducted to San Michele.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LIV.
+
+
+
+The prisoners who had been condemned before us had already set out
+for Lubiana and Spielberg, accompanied by a commissary of police.
+He was now expected back, in order to conduct us to our destination;
+but the interval of a month elapsed.
+
+My time was chiefly spent in talking, and listening to the
+conversation of others, in order to distract my attention.
+Maroncelli read me some of his literary productions, and in turn, I
+read him mine. One evening I read from the window my play of Ester
+d'Engaddi, to Canova, Rezia, and Armari; and the following evening,
+the Iginia d'Asti. During the night, however, I grew irritable and
+wretched, and was unable to sleep. I both desired and feared to
+learn in what manner the tidings of my calamity had been received by
+my family.
+
+At length I got a letter from my father, and was grieved to find,
+from the date, that my last to him had not been sent, as I had
+requested of the Inquisitor, immediately! Thus my unhappy father,
+while flattering himself that I should be set at liberty, happening
+to take up the Milan Gazette, read the horrid sentence which I had
+just received upon the scaffold. He himself acquainted me with this
+fact, and left me to infer what his feelings must have been on
+meeting thus suddenly with the sad news. I cannot express the
+contempt and anger I felt on learning that my letter had been kept
+back; and how deeply I felt for all my poor unhappy family. There
+was doubtless no malice in this delay, but I looked upon it as a
+refinement of the most atrocious barbarity; an eager, infernal
+desire to see the iron enter, as it were, the very soul of my
+beloved and innocent relatives. I felt, indeed, as if I could have
+delighted to shed a sea of blood, could I only punish this flagrant
+and premeditated inhumanity.
+
+Now that I judge calmly, I find it very improbable. The delay,
+doubtless, was simply owing to inadvertency on the part of
+subordinate agents. Enraged as I was, I heard with still more
+excited feelings that my companions were about to celebrate Easter
+week ere their departure. As for me, I considered it wholly
+impossible, inasmuch as I felt not the least disposition towards
+forgiveness. Should I be guilty of such a scandal!
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LV.
+
+
+
+At length the German commissioner arrived, and came to acquaint us
+that within two days we were to set out. "I have the pleasure," he
+added, "to give you some consoling tidings. On my return from
+Spielberg, I saw his majesty the Emperor at Vienna, who acquainted
+me that the penal days appointed you will not extend to twenty-four
+hours, but only to twelve. By this expression it is intended to
+signify that the pain will be divided, or half the punishment
+remitted." This division was never notified to us in an official
+form, but there is no reason to suppose that the commissioner would
+state an untruth; the less so as he made no secret of the
+information, which was known to the whole commission. Nevertheless,
+I could not congratulate myself upon it. To my feelings, seven
+years and a half had little more horrible in them (to be spent in
+chains and solitude) than fifteen; for I conceived it to be
+impossible to survive so long a period. My health had recently
+again become wretched! I suffered from severe pains of the chest,
+attended with cough, and thought my lungs were affected. I ate
+little, and that little I could not digest. Our departure took
+place on the night of the 25th of March. We were permitted to take
+leave of our friend, Cesare Armari. A sbirro chained us in a
+transverse manner, namely, the right hand and the left foot, so as
+to render it impossible for us to escape.
+
+We went into a gondola, and the guards rowed us towards Fusina. On
+our arrival we found two boats in readiness for us. Rezia and
+Canova were placed in one, and Maroncelli and myself in the other.
+The commissary was also with two of the prisoners, and an under-
+commissary with the others. Six or seven guards of police completed
+our convoy; they were armed with swords and muskets; some of them at
+hand in the boats, others in the box of the Vetturino.
+
+To be compelled by misfortune to leave one's country is always
+sufficiently painful; but to be torn from it in chains, doomed to
+exile in a horrible climate, to linger days, and hours, and years,
+in solitary dungeons, is a fate so appalling as to defy language to
+convey the remotest idea of it.
+
+Ere we had traversed the Alps, I felt that my country was becoming
+doubly dear to me; the sympathy we awakened on every side, from all
+ranks, formed an irresistible appeal to my affection and gratitude.
+In every city, in every village, in every group of meanest houses,
+the news of our condemnation had been known for some weeks, and we
+were expected. In several places the commissioners and the guards
+had difficulty in dispersing the crowd which surrounded us. It was
+astonishing to witness the benevolent and humane feeling generally
+manifested in our behalf.
+
+In Udine we met with a singular and touching incident. On arriving
+at the inn, the commissary caused the door of the court-yard to be
+closed, in order to keep back the people. A room was assigned us,
+and he ordered the waiters to bring supper, and make such
+accommodation as we required for repose. In a few moments three men
+entered with mattresses upon their shoulders. What was our surprise
+to see that only one of them was a servant of the inn; the other two
+were our acquaintance. We pretended to assist them in placing the
+beds, and had time to recognise and give each other the hand of
+fellowship and sympathy. It was too much; the tears started to our
+eyes. Ah! how trying was it to us all, not to be allowed the sad
+satisfaction even of shedding them in a last embrace.
+
+The commissaries were not aware of the circumstance; but I had
+reason to think that one of the guards saw into the affair, just as
+the good Dario grasped me by the hand. He was a Venetian; he fixed
+his eyes upon us both; he turned pale; appeared in the act of making
+an alarm, then turned away his eyes, as if pretending not to see us.
+If he felt not assured that they were indeed our friends, he must
+have believed them to be some waiters with whom we were acquainted.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LVI.
+
+
+
+The next morning we left Udine by dawn of day. The affectionate
+Dario was already in the street, wrapped in his mantle; he beckoned
+to us and followed us a long way. A coach also continued at some
+little distance from us for several miles. Some one waved a
+handkerchief from it, till it turned back; who could it have been?
+We had our own conjectures on the subject. May Heaven protect those
+generous spirits that thus cease not to love, and express their love
+for the unfortunate. I had the more reason to prize them from the
+fact of having met with cowards, who, not content with denying me,
+thought to benefit themselves by calumniating their once fortunate
+FRIEND. These cases, however, were rare, while those of the former,
+to the honour of the human character, were numerous.
+
+I had supposed that the warm sympathy expressed for us in Italy
+would cease when we entered on a foreign soil. But I was deceived;
+the good man is ever the fellow-countryman of the unhappy! When
+traversing Illyrian and German ground, it was the same as in our own
+country. There was the same general lamentation at our fate; "Arme
+herren!" poor gentlemen, was on the lips of all.
+
+Sometimes, on entering another district, our escort was compelled to
+stop in order to decide in what part to take up our quarters. The
+people would then gather round us, and we heard exclamations, and
+other expressions of commiseration, which evidently came from the
+heart. These proofs of popular feeling were still more gratifying
+to me, than such as I had met with from my own countrymen. The
+consolation which was thus afforded me, helped to soothe the bitter
+indignation I then felt against those whom I esteemed my enemies.
+Yet, possibly, I reflected, if we were brought more nearly
+acquainted, if I could see into their real motives, and I could
+explain my own feelings, I might be constrained to admit that they
+are not impelled by the malignant spirit I suppose, while they would
+find there was as little of bad in me. Nay, they might perhaps be
+induced not only to pity, but to admire and love us!
+
+It is true, indeed, that men too often hate each other, merely
+because they are strangers to each other's real views and feelings;
+and the simple interchange of a few words would make them
+acknowledge their error, and give the hand of brotherhood to each
+other.
+
+We remained a day at Lubiana; and there Canova and Rezia were
+separated from us, being forthwith conducted into the castle. It is
+easy to guess our feelings upon this painful occasion.
+
+On the evening of our arrival at Lubiana and the day following, a
+gentleman came and joined us, who, if I remember rightly, announced
+himself as the municipal secretary. His manners were gentle and
+humane, and he spoke of religion in a tone at once elevated and
+impressive. I conjectured he must be a priest, the priests in
+Germany being accustomed to dress exactly in the same style as
+laymen. His countenance was calculated to excite esteem. I
+regretted that I was not enabled further to cultivate his
+acquaintance, and I blame myself for my inadvertency in not having
+taken down his name.
+
+It irks me, too, that I cannot at this time recall the name of
+another gentle being, a young girl of Styria, who followed us
+through the crowd, and when our coach stopped for a few minutes,
+moved towards us with both hands, and afterwards, turned weeping
+away, supported by a young man, whose light hair proclaimed him of
+German extraction. But most probably he had been in Italy, where he
+had fallen in love with our fair countrywoman, and felt touched for
+our country. Yes! what pleasure it would have given me to record
+the names of those venerable fathers and mothers of families, who,
+in different districts, accosted us on our road, inquiring if we had
+parents and friends; and on hearing that we had, would grow pale,
+and exclaim, "Alas! may it please God to restore you soon to those
+wretched, bereaved ones whom you have left behind."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LVII.
+
+
+
+On the 10th of April we arrived at our place of destination. The
+city of Brunn is the capital of Moravia, where the governor of the
+two provinces of Moravia and Silesia is accustomed to reside.
+Situated in a pleasant valley, it presents a rich and noble aspect.
+At one time it was a great manufactory of cloth, but its prosperous
+days were now passed, and its population did not exceed thirty
+thousand.
+
+Contiguous to the walls on the western side rises a mount, and on
+this is placed the dreaded fortress of Spielberg, once the royal
+seat of the lords of Moravia, and now the most terrific prison under
+the Austrian monarchy. It was a well-guarded citadel, but was
+bombarded and taken by the French after the celebrated battle of
+Austerlitz, a village at a little distance from it. It was not
+generally repaired, with the exception of a portion of the outworks,
+which had been wholly demolished. Within it are imprisoned some
+three hundred wretches, for the most part robbers and assassins,
+some condemned to the carcere dare, others to that called durissimo,
+the severest of all. This HARD IMPRISONMENT comprehends compulsory,
+daily labour, to wear chains on the legs, to sleep upon bare boards,
+and to eat the worst imaginable food. The durissimo, or hardest,
+signifies being chained in a more horrible manner, one part of the
+iron being fixed in the wall, united to a hoop round the body of the
+prisoner, so as to prevent his moving further than the board which
+serves for his couch. We, as state prisoners, were condemned to the
+carcere duro. The food, however, is the same, though in the words
+of the law it is prescribed to be bread and water.
+
+While mounting the acclivity we turned our eyes as if to take a last
+look of the world we were leaving, doubting if ever the portals of
+that living grave would be again unclosed to us. I was calm, but
+rage and indignation consumed my heart. It was in vain I had
+recourse to philosophy; it had no arguments to quiet or to support
+me.
+
+I was in poor health on leaving Venice, and the journey had fatigued
+me exceedingly. I had a fever, and felt severe pains, both in my
+head and my limbs. Illness increased my irritation, and very
+probably the last had an equally ill effect upon my frame.
+
+We were consigned over to the superintendent of Spielberg, and our
+names were registered in the same list as that of the robbers. The
+imperial commissary shook our hands upon taking leave, and was
+evidently affected. "Farewell," he said, "and let me recommend to
+you calmness and submission: for I assure you the least infraction
+of discipline will be punished by the governor in the severest
+manner."
+
+The consignment being made out, my friend and myself were conducted
+into a subterranean gallery, where two dismal-looking dungeons were
+unlocked, at a distance from each other. In one of these I was
+entombed alive, and poor Maroncelli in the other.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LVIII.
+
+
+
+How bitter is it, after having bid adieu to so many beloved objects,
+and there remains only a single one between yourself and utter
+solitude, the solitude of chains and a living death, to be separated
+even from that one! Maroncelli, on leaving me, ill and dejected,
+shed tears over me as one whom, it was most probable, he would never
+more behold. In him, too, I lamented a noble-minded man, cut off in
+the splendour of his intellect, and the vigour of his days, snatched
+from society, all its duties and its pleasures, and even from "the
+common air, the earth, the sky." Yet he survived the unheard of
+afflictions heaped upon him, but in what a state did he leave his
+living tomb!
+
+When I found myself alone in that horrid cavern, heard the closing
+of the iron doors, the rattling of chains, and by the gloomy light
+of a high window, saw the wooden bench destined for my couch, with
+an enormous chain fixed in the wall, I sat down, in sullen rage, on
+my hard resting-place, and taking up the chain, measured its length,
+in the belief that it was destined for me.
+
+In half an hour I caught the sound of locks and keys; the door
+opened, and the head-jailer handed me a jug of water.
+
+"Here is something to drink," he said in a rough tone, "and you will
+have your loaf to-morrow."
+
+"Thanks, my good man."
+
+"I am not good," was the reply.
+
+"The worse for you," I answered, rather sharply. "And this great
+chain," I added, "is it for me?"
+
+"It is, Sir; if you don't happen to be quiet; if you get into a
+rage, or say impertinent things. But if you are reasonable, we
+shall only chain you by the feet. The blacksmith is getting all
+ready."
+
+He then walked sullenly up and down, shaking that horrid ring of
+enormous keys, while with angry eye I measured his gigantic, lean,
+and aged figure. His features, though not decidedly vulgar, bore
+the most repulsive expression of brutal severity which I ever
+beheld!
+
+How unjust are mankind when they presume to judge by appearances,
+and in deference to their vain, arrogant prejudices. The man whom I
+upbraided in my heart for shaking as it were in triumph those
+horrible keys, to make me more keenly sensible of his power, whom I
+set down as an insignificant tyrant, inured to practices of cruelty,
+was then revolving thoughts of compassion, and assuredly had spoken
+in that harsh tone only to conceal his real feelings. Perhaps he
+was afraid to trust himself, or that I should prove unworthy gentler
+treatment; doubtful whether I might not be yet more criminal than
+unhappy, though willing to afford me relief.
+
+Annoyed by his presence, and the sort of lordly air he assumed, I
+determined to try to humble him, and called out as if speaking to a
+servant, "Give me something to drink!" He looked at me, as much as
+to say, "Arrogant man! this is no place for you to show the airs of
+a master." Still he was silent, bent his long back, took up the
+jug, and gave it to me. I perceived, as I took it from him, that he
+trembled, and believing it to proceed from age, I felt a mingled
+emotion of reverence and compassion. "How old are you?" I inquired
+in a kinder tone.
+
+"Seventy-four, Sir; I have lived to see great calamities, both as
+regards others and myself."
+
+The tremulous emotion I had observed increased as he said this, and
+again took the jug from my hand. I now thought it might be owing to
+some nobler feeling than the effect of age, and the aversion I had
+conceived instantaneously left me.
+
+"And what is your name?" I inquired.
+
+"It pleased fortune, Sir, to make a fool of me, by giving me the
+name of a great man. My name is Schiller." He then told me in a
+few words, some particulars as to his native place, his family, the
+campaigns in which he had served, and the wounds he had received.
+
+He was a Switzer, the son of peasants, had been in the wars against
+the Turks, under Marshal Laudon, in the reign of Maria Theresa and
+Joseph II. He had subsequently served in the Austrian campaigns
+against France, up to the period of Napoleon's exile.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LIX.
+
+
+
+When we begin to form a better opinion of one against whom we had
+conceived a strong prejudice, we seem to discover in every feature,
+in his voice, and manner, fresh marks of a good disposition, to
+which we were before strangers. Is this real, or is it not rather
+founded upon illusion? Shortly before, we interpreted the very same
+expressions in another way. Our judgment of moral qualities has
+undergone a change, and soon, the conclusions drawn from our
+knowledge of physiognomy are equally different. How many portraits
+of celebrated men inspire us only with respect or admiration because
+we know their characters; portraits which we should have pronounced
+worthless and unattractive had they represented the ordinary race of
+mortals. And thus it is, if we reason vice versa. I once laughed,
+I remember, at a lady, who on beholding a likeness of Catiline
+mistook it for that of Collatinus, and remarked upon the sublime
+expression of grief in the features of Collatinus for the loss of
+his Lucretia. These sort of illusions are not uncommon. I would
+not maintain that the features of good men do not bear the
+impression of their character, like irreclaimable villains that of
+their depravity; but that there are many which have at least a
+doubtful cast. In short, I won a little upon old Schiller; I looked
+at him more attentively, and he no longer appeared forbidding. To
+say the truth, there was something in his language which, spite of
+its rough tone, showed the genuine traits of a noble mind. And
+spite of our first looks of mutual distrust and defiance, we seemed
+to feel a certain respect for each other; he spoke boldly what he
+thought, and so did I.
+
+"Captain as I am," he observed, "I have fallen,--to take my rest,
+into this wretched post of jailer; and God knows it is far more
+disagreeable for me to maintain it, than it was to risk my life in
+battle."
+
+I was now sorry I had asked him so haughtily to give me drink. "My
+dear Schiller," I said, grasping his hand, "it is in vain you deny
+it, I know you are a good fellow; and as I have fallen into this
+calamity, I thank heaven which has given me you for a guardian!"
+
+He listened to me, shook his head, and then rubbing his forehead,
+like a man in some perplexity or trouble.
+
+"No, Sir, I am bad--rank bad. They made me take an oath, which I
+must, and will keep. I am bound to treat all the prisoners, without
+distinction, with equal severity; no indulgence, no permission to
+relent, to soften the sternest orders, in particular as regards
+prisoners of state."
+
+"You are a noble fellow; I respect you for making your duty a point
+of conscience. You may err, humanly speaking, but your motives are
+pure in the eyes of God."
+
+"Poor gentleman, have patience, and pity me. I shall be hard as
+steel in my duty, but my heart bleeds to be unable to relieve the
+unfortunate. This is all I really wished to say." We were both
+affected.
+
+He then entreated that I would preserve my calmness, and not give
+way to passion, as is too frequent with solitary prisoners, and
+calls for restraint, and even for severer punishment.
+
+He afterwards resumed his gruff, affected tone as if to conceal the
+compassion he felt for me, observing that it was high time for him
+to go.
+
+He came back, however, and inquired how long a time I had been
+afflicted with that horrible cough, reflecting sharply upon the
+physician for not coming to see me that very evening. "You are ill
+of a horse fever," he added, "I know it well; you will stand in need
+of a straw bed, but we cannot give you one till the doctor has
+ordered it."
+
+He retired, locked the door, and I threw myself upon the hard
+boards, with considerable fever and pain in my chest, but less
+irritable, less at enmity with mankind, and less alienated from God.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LX.
+
+
+
+In the evening came the superintendent, attended by Schiller,
+another captain, and two soldiers, to make the usual search. Three
+of these inquisitions were ordered each day, at morning, noon, and
+midnight. Every corner of the prison was examined, and each article
+of the most trivial kind. The inferior officers then left, and the
+superintendent remained a little time to converse with me.
+
+The first time I saw this troop of jailers approach, a strange
+thought came into my head. Being unacquainted with their habits of
+search, and half delirious with fever, it struck me that they were
+come to take my life, and seizing my great chain I resolved to sell
+it dearly by knocking the first upon the head that offered to molest
+me.
+
+"What mean you?" exclaimed the superintendent; "we are not going to
+hurt you. It is merely a formal visit to ascertain that all is in
+proper order in the prisons."
+
+I hesitated, but when I saw Schiller advance and stretch forth his
+hand with a kind, paternal look, I dropped the chain and took his
+proffered hand. "Lord! how it burns," he said, turning towards the
+superintendent; "he ought at least to have a straw bed;" and he said
+this in so truly compassionate a tone as quite to win my heart. The
+superintendent then felt my pulse, and spoke some consolatory words:
+he was a man of gentlemanly manners, but dared not for his life
+express any opinion upon the subject.
+
+"It is all a reign of terror here," said he, "even as regards
+myself. Should I not execute my orders to the rigour of the letter,
+you would no longer see me here." Schiller made a long face, and I
+could have wagered he said within himself, "But if I were at the
+head, like you, I would not carry my apprehensions so very far; for
+to give an opinion on a matter of such evident necessity, and so
+innocuous to government, would never be esteemed a mighty fault."
+
+When left alone, I felt my heart, so long incapable of any deep
+sense of religion, stirred within me, and knelt down to pray. I
+besought a blessing upon the head of old Schiller, and appealing to
+God, asked that he would so move the hearts of those around me, as
+to permit me to become attached to them, and no longer suffer me to
+hate my fellow-beings, humbly accepting all that was to be inflicted
+upon me from His hand.
+
+About midnight I heard people passing along the gallery. Keys were
+sounding, and soon the door opened; it was the captain and his
+guards on search.
+
+"Where is my old Schiller?" inquired I. He had stopped outside in
+the gallery.
+
+"I am here--I am here!" was the answer. He came towards the table,
+and, feeling my pulse, hung over me as a father would over his child
+with anxious and inquiring look. "Now I remember," said he, "to-
+morrow is Thursday."
+
+"And what of that?" I inquired.
+
+"Why! it is just one of the days when the doctor does not attend, he
+comes only on a Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. Plague on him."
+
+"Give yourself no uneasiness about that!"
+
+"No uneasiness, no uneasiness!" he muttered, "but I do; you are ill,
+I see; nothing is talked of in the whole town but the arrival of
+yourself and friends; the doctor must have heard of it; and why the
+devil could he not make the extraordinary exertion of coming once
+out of his time?"
+
+"Who knows!" said I, "he may perhaps be here tomorrow,--Thursday
+though it will be?"
+
+The old man said no more, he gave me a squeeze of the hand, enough
+to break every bone in my fingers, as a mark of his approbation of
+my courage and resignation. I was a little angry with him, however,
+much as a young lover, if the girl of his heart happen in dancing to
+press her foot upon his; he laughs and esteems himself highly
+favoured, instead of crying out with the pain.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXI.
+
+
+
+I awoke on Thursday morning, after a horrible night, weak, aching in
+all my bones, from the hard boards, and in a profuse perspiration.
+The visit hour came, but the superintendent was absent; and he only
+followed at a more convenient time. I said to Schiller, "Just see
+how terribly I perspire; but it is now growing cold upon me; what a
+treat it would be to change my shirt."
+
+"You cannot do it," he said, in a brutal tone. At the same time he
+winked, and moved his hand. The captain and guards withdrew, and
+Schiller made me another sign as he closed the door. He soon opened
+it again, and brought one of his own shirts, long enough to cover me
+from head to feet, even if doubled.
+
+"It is perhaps a little too long, but I have no others here."
+
+"I thank you, friend, but as I brought with me a whole trunk full of
+linen, I do hope I may be permitted the use of it. Have the
+kindness to ask the superintendent to let me have one of my shirts."
+
+"You will not be permitted, Sir, to use any of your linen here.
+Each week you will have a shirt given you from the house like the
+other prisoners."
+
+"You see, good man, in what a condition I am. I shall never go out
+of here alive. I shall never be able to reward you."
+
+"For shame, Sir! for shame!" said the old man. "Talk of reward to
+one who can do you no good! to one who dare hardly give a dry shirt
+to a sick fellow creature in a sweat!" He then helped me on with
+his long shirt, grumbling all the while, and slammed the door to
+with violence on going out, as if he had been in a great rage.
+
+About two hours after, he brought me a piece of black bread.
+"This," he said, "is your two days' fare!" he then began to walk
+about in a sulky mood.
+
+"What is the matter?" I inquired; "are you vexed at me? You know I
+took the shirt."
+
+"I am enraged at that doctor; though it be Thursday he might show
+his ugly face here."
+
+"Patience!" said I; but though I said it, I knew not for the life of
+me how to get the least rest, without a pillow, upon those hard
+boards. Every bone in my body suffered. At eleven I was treated to
+the prison dinner--two little iron pots, one of soup, the other of
+herbs, mixed in such a way as to turn your stomach with the smell.
+I tried to swallow a few spoonfuls, but did not succeed. Schiller
+encouraged me: "Never despair," said he; "try again; you will get
+used to it in time. If you don't, you will be like many others
+before you, unable to eat anything but bread, and die of mere
+inanition."
+
+Friday morning came, and with it came Dr. Bayer at last. He found
+me very feverish, ordered me a straw bed, and insisted I should be
+removed from the caverns into one of the abodes above. It could not
+be done; there was no room. An appeal was made to the Governor of
+Moravia and Silesia, residing at Brunn, who commanded, on the
+urgency of the case, that the medical advice should be followed.
+
+There was a little light in the room to which I was removed. I
+crawled towards the bars of the narrow window, and had the delight
+of seeing the valley that lay below,--part of the city of Brunn,--a
+suburb with gardens,--the churchyard,--the little lake of Certosa,--
+and the woody hills which lay between us and the famous plains of
+Austerlitz. I was enchanted, and oh, what double pleasure, thought
+I, would be mine, were I enabled to share it with my poor friend
+Maroncelli!
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXII.
+
+
+
+Meanwhile, our prison dresses were making for us, and five days
+afterwards mine was brought to me. It consisted of a pair of
+pantaloons made of rough cloth, of which the right side was grey,
+the left of a dark colour. The waistcoat was likewise of two
+colours equally divided, as well as the jacket, but with the same
+colours placed on the contrary sides. The stockings were of the
+coarsest wool; the shirt of linen tow full of sharp points--a true
+hair-cloth garment; and round the neck was a piece of the same kind.
+Our legs were enveloped in leather buskins, untanned, and we wore a
+coarse white hat.
+
+This costume was not complete without the addition of chains to the
+feet, that is, extending from one leg to the other, the joints being
+fastened with nails, which were riveted upon an anvil. The
+blacksmith employed upon my legs, in this operation, observed to one
+of the guards, thinking I knew nothing of German, "So ill as he is,
+one would think they might spare him this sort of fun; ere two
+months be over, the angel of death will loosen these rivets of
+mine."
+
+"Mochte es seyn! may it be so!" was my reply, as I touched him upon
+the shoulder. The poor fellow started, and seemed quite confused;
+he then said; "I hope I may be a false prophet; and I wish you may
+be set free by another kind of angel."
+
+"Yet, rather than live thus, think you not, it would be welcome even
+from the angel of death?" He nodded his head, and went away, with a
+look of deep compassion for me.
+
+I would truly have been willing to die, but I felt no disposition
+towards suicide. I felt confident that the disease of my lungs
+would be enough, ere long, to give me freedom. Such was not the
+will of God. The fatigue of my journey had made me much worse, but
+rest seemed again to restore my powers.
+
+A few minutes after the blacksmith left me, I heard the hammer
+sounding upon the anvil in one of the caverns below. Schiller was
+then in my room. "Do you hear those blows?" I said; "they are
+certainly fixing the irons on poor Maroncelli." The idea for the
+moment was so overwhelming, that if the old man had not caught me, I
+should have fallen. For more than half an hour, I continued in a
+kind of swoon, and yet I was sensible. I could not speak, my pulse
+scarcely beat at all; a cold sweat bathed me from head to foot.
+Still I could hear all that Schiller said, and had a keen
+perception, both of what had passed and was passing.
+
+By command of the superintendent and the activity of the guards, the
+whole of the adjacent prisons had been kept in a state of profound
+silence. Three or four times I had caught snatches of some Italian
+song, but they were quickly stifled by the calls of the sentinels on
+duty. Several of these were stationed upon the ground-floor, under
+our windows, and one in the gallery close by, who was continually
+engaged in listening at the doors and looking through the bars to
+forbid every kind of noise.
+
+Once, towards evening (I feel the same sort of emotion whenever I
+recur to it), it happened that the sentinels were less on the alert;
+and I heard in a low but clear voice some one singing in a prison
+adjoining my own. What joy, what agitation I felt at the sound. I
+rose from my bed of straw, I bent my ear; and when it ceased--I
+burst into tears. "Who art thou, unhappy one?" I cried, "who art
+thou? tell me thy name! I am Silvio Pellico."
+
+"Oh, Silvio!" cried my neighbour, "I know you not by person, but I
+have long loved you. Get up to your window, and let us speak to
+each other, in spite of the jailers."
+
+I crawled up as well as I could; he told me his name, and we
+exchanged few words of kindness. It was the Count Antonio Oroboni,
+a native of Fratta, near Rovigo, and only twenty-nine years of age.
+Alas! we were soon interrupted by the ferocious cries of the
+sentinels. He in the gallery knocked as loud as he could with the
+butt-end of his musket, both at the Count's door and at mine. We
+would not, and we could not obey; but the noise, the oaths, and
+threats of the guards were such as to drown our voices, and after
+arranging that we would resume our communications, upon a change of
+guards, we ceased to converse.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXIII.
+
+
+
+We were in hopes (and so in fact it happened) that by speaking in a
+lower tone, and perhaps occasionally having guards whose humanity
+might prompt them to pay no attention to us, we might renew our
+conversation. By dint of practice we learnt to hear each other in
+so low a key that the sounds were almost sure to escape the notice
+of the sentinels. If, as it rarely happened, we forgot ourselves,
+and talked aloud, there came down upon us a torrent of cries, and
+knocks at our doors, accompanied with threats and curses of every
+kind, to say nothing of poor Schiller's vexation, and that of the
+superintendent.
+
+By degrees, however, we brought our system to perfection; spoke only
+at the precise minutes, quarters, and half hours when it was safe,
+or when such and such guards were upon duty. At length, with
+moderate caution, we were enabled every day to converse almost as
+much as we pleased, without drawing on us the attention or anger of
+any of the superior officers.
+
+It was thus we contracted an intimate friendship. The Count told me
+his adventures, and in turn I related mine. We sympathised in
+everything we heard, and in all each other's joys or griefs. It was
+of infinite advantage to us, as well as pleasure; for often, after
+passing a sleepless night, one or the other would hasten to the
+window and salute his friend. How these mutual welcomes and
+conversations helped to encourage us, and to soothe the horrors of
+our continued solitude! We felt that we were useful to each other;
+and the sense of this roused a gentle emulation in all our thoughts,
+and gave a satisfaction which man receives, even in misery, when he
+knows he can serve a fellow-creature. Each conversation gave rise
+to new ones; it was necessary to continue them, and to explain as we
+went on. It was an unceasing stimulus to our ideas to our reason,
+our memory, our imagination, and our hearts.
+
+At first, indeed, calling to mind Julian, I was doubtful as to the
+fidelity of this new friend. I reflected that hitherto we had not
+been at variance; but some day I feared something unpleasant might
+occur, and that I should then be sent back to my solitude. But this
+suspicion was soon removed. Our opinions harmonised upon all
+essential points. To a noble mind, full of ardour and generous
+sentiment, undaunted by misfortune, he added the most clear and
+perfect faith in Christianity, while in me this had become
+vacillating and at times apparently extinct.
+
+He met my doubts with most just and admirable reflections; and with
+equal affection, I felt that he had reason on his side: I admitted
+it, yet still my doubts returned. It is thus, I believe, with all
+who have not the Gospel at heart, and who hate, or indulge
+resentments of any kind. The mind catches glimpses, as it were, of
+the truth, but as it is unpleasing, it is disbelieved the moment
+after, and the attention directed elsewhere.
+
+Oroboni was indefatigable in turning MY attention to the motives
+which man has to show kindness to his enemies. I never spoke of any
+one I abhorred but he began in a most dexterous manner to defend
+him, and not less by his words than by his example. Many men had
+injured him; it grieved him, yet he forgave all, and had the
+magnanimity to relate some laudable trait or other belonging to
+each, and seemed to do it with pleasure.
+
+The irritation which had obtained such a mastery over me, and
+rendered me so irreligious after my condemnation, continued several
+weeks, and then wholly ceased. The noble virtue of Oroboni
+delighted me. Struggling as well as I could to reach him, I at
+least trod in the same track, and I was then enabled to pray with
+sincerity; to forgive, to hate no one, and dissipate every remaining
+doubt and gloom.
+
+Ubi charitas et amor, Deus ibi est. {25}
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXIV.
+
+
+
+To say truth, if our punishment was excessively severe, and
+calculated to irritate the mind, we had still the rare fortune of
+meeting only with individuals of real worth. They could not,
+indeed, alleviate our situation, except by kindness and respect, but
+so much was freely granted. If there were something rude and
+uncouth in old Schiller, it was amply compensated by his noble
+spirit. Even the wretched Kunda (the convict who brought us our
+dinner, and water three times a day) was anxious to show his
+compassion for us. He swept our rooms regularly twice in the week.
+One morning, while thus engaged, as Schiller turned a few steps from
+the door, poor Kunda offered me a piece of white bread. I refused
+it, but squeezed him cordially by the hand. He was moved, and told
+me, in bad German, that he was a Pole. "Good sir," he added, "they
+give us so little to eat here, that I am sure you must be hungry."
+I assured him I was not, but he was very hard of belief.
+
+The physician, perceiving that we were none of us enabled to swallow
+the kind of food prepared for us on our first arrival, put us all
+upon what is considered the hospital diet. This consisted of three
+very small plates of soup in the day, the least slice of roast lamb,
+hardly a mouthful, and about three ounces of white bread.
+
+As my health continued to improve, my appetite grew better, and that
+"fourth portion," as they termed it, was really too little, and I
+began to feel the justice of poor Kunda's remarks. I tried a return
+to the sound diet, but do what I would to conquer my aversion, it
+was all labour lost. I was compelled to live upon the fourth part
+of ordinary meals: and for a whole year I knew by experience the
+tortures of hunger. It was still more severely felt by many of my
+fellow-prisoners, who, being far stouter, had been accustomed to a
+full and generous diet. I learnt that many of them were glad to
+accept pieces of bread from Schiller and some of the guards, and
+even from the poor hungry Kunda.
+
+"It is reported in the city," said the barber, a young practitioner
+of our surgery, one day to me, "it is reported that they do not give
+you gentlemen here enough to eat."
+
+"And it is very true," replied I, with perfect sincerity.
+
+The next Sunday (he came always on that day) he brought me an
+immense white loaf, and Schiller pretended not to see him give it
+me. Had I listened to my stomach I should have accepted it, but I
+would not, lest he should repeat the gift and bring himself into
+some trouble. For the same reason I refused Schiller's offers. He
+would often bring me boiled meat, entreating me to partake of it,
+and protesting it cost him nothing; besides, he knew not what to do
+with it, and must give it away to somebody. I could have devoured
+it, but would he not then be tempted to offer me something or other
+every day, and what would it end in? Twice only I partook of some
+cherries and some pears; they were quite irresistible. I was
+punished as I expected, for from that time forth the old man never
+ceased bringing me fruit of some kind or other.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXV.
+
+
+
+It was arranged, on our arrival, that each of us should be permitted
+to walk an hour twice in the week. In the sequel, this relief was
+one day granted us and another refused; and the hour was always
+later during festivals.
+
+We went, each separately, between two guards, with loaded muskets on
+their shoulders. In passing from my prison, at the head of the
+gallery, I went by the whole of the Italian prisoners, with the
+exception of Maroncelli--the only one condemned to linger in the
+caverns below. "A pleasant walk!" whispered they all, as they saw
+me pass; but I was not allowed to exchange a single word.
+
+I was led down a staircase which opened into a spacious court, where
+we walked upon a terrace, with a south aspect, and a view of the
+city of Brunn and the surrounding country. In this courtyard we saw
+numbers of the common criminals, coming from, or going to, their
+labour, or passing along conversing in groups. Among them were
+several Italian robbers, who saluted me with great respect. "He is
+no rogue, like us; yet you see his punishment is more severe"; and
+it was true, they had a larger share of freedom than I.
+
+Upon hearing expressions like these, I turned and saluted them with
+a good-natured look. One of them observed, "It does me good to see
+you, sir, when you notice me. Possibly you may see something in my
+look not so very wicked. An unhappy passion instigated me to commit
+a crime, but believe me, sir, I am no villain!"
+
+Saying this he burst into tears. I gave him my hand, but he was
+unable to return the pressure. At that moment, my guard, according
+to their instructions, drove him away, declaring that they must
+permit no one to approach me. The observations subsequently
+addressed to me were pretended to be spoken among each other; and if
+my two attendants became aware of it, they quickly interposed
+silence.
+
+Prisoners of various ranks, and visitors of the superintendent, the
+chaplain, the sergeant, or some of the captains, were likewise to be
+seen there. "That is an Italian, that is an Italian!" they often
+whispered each other. They stopped to look at me, and they would
+say in German, supposing I should not understand them, "That poor
+gentleman will not live to be old; he has death in his countenance."
+
+In fact, after recovering some degree of strength, I again fell ill
+for want of nourishment, and fever again attacked me. I attempted
+to drag myself, as far as my chain would permit, along the walk, and
+throwing myself upon the turf, I rested there until the expiration
+of my hour. The guards would then sit down near me, and begin to
+converse with each other. One of them, a Bohemian, named Kral, had,
+though very poor, received some sort of an education, which he had
+himself improved by reflection. He was fond of reading, had studied
+Klopstock, Wieland, Goethe, Schiller, and many other distinguished
+German writers. He knew a good deal by memory, and repeated many
+passages with feeling and correctness. The other guard was a Pole,
+by name Kubitzky, wholly untaught, but kind and respectful. Their
+society was a great relief to me.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXVI.
+
+
+
+At one end of the terrace was situated the apartments of the
+superintendent, at the other was the residence of a captain, with
+his wife and son. When I saw any one appear from these buildings, I
+was in the habit of approaching near, and was invariably received
+with marks of courtesy and compassion.
+
+The wife of the captain had been long ill, and appeared to be in a
+decline. She was sometimes carried into the open air, and it was
+astonishing to see the sympathy she expressed for our sufferings.
+She had the sweetest look I ever saw; and though evidently timid,
+would at times fix her eye upon me with an inquiring, confiding
+glance, when appealed to by name. One day I observed to her with a
+smile, "Do you know, signora, I find a resemblance between you and
+one who was very dear to me." She blushed, and replied with
+charming simplicity, "Do not then forget me when I shall be no more;
+pray for my unhappy soul, and for the little ones I leave behind
+me!" I never saw her after that day; she was unable to rise from
+her bed, and in a few months I heard of her death.
+
+She left three sons, all beautiful as cherubs, and one still an
+infant at the breast. I had often seen the poor mother embrace them
+when I was by, and say, with tears in her eyes, "Who will be their
+mother when I am gone? Ah, whoever she may be, may it please the
+Father of all to inspire her with love, even for children not her
+own."
+
+Often, when she was no more, did I embrace those fair children, shed
+a tear over them, and invoke their mother's blessing on them, in the
+same words. Thoughts of my own mother, and of the prayers she so
+often offered up for HER lost son, would then come over me, and I
+added, with broken words and sighs, "Oh, happier mother than mine,
+you left, indeed, these innocent ones, so young and fair, but my
+dear mother devoted long years of care and tenderness to me, and saw
+them all, with the object of them, snatched from her at a blow!"
+
+These children were intrusted to the care of two elderly and
+excellent women; one of them the mother, the other the aunt of the
+superintendent. They wished to hear the whole of my history, and I
+gave it them as briefly as I could. "How greatly we regret," they
+observed, with warm sympathy, "to be unable to help you in any way.
+Be assured, however, we offer up constant prayers for you, and if
+ever the day come that brings you liberty, it will be celebrated by
+all our family, like one of the happiest festivals."
+
+The first-mentioned of these ladies had a remarkably sweet and
+soothing voice, united to an eloquence rarely to be heard from the
+lips of woman. I listened to her religious exhortations with a
+feeling of filial gratitude, and they sunk deep into my heart.
+Though her observations were not new to me, they were always
+applicable, and most valuable to me, as will appear from what
+follows:
+
+"Misfortune cannot degrade a man, unless he be intrinsically mean;
+it rather elevates him."--"If we could penetrate the judgments of
+God, we should find that frequently the objects most to be pitied
+were the conquerors, not the conquered; the joyous rather than the
+sorrowful; the wealthy rather than those who are despoiled of all."-
+-"The particular kindness shown by the Saviour of mankind to the
+unfortunate is a striking fact."--"That man ought to feel honoured
+in bearing the cross, when he considers that it was borne up the
+mount of our redemption by the Divinity himself in human form."
+
+Such were among the excellent sentiments she inculcated; but it was
+my lot, as usual, to lose these delightful friends when I had become
+most attached to them. They removed from the castle, and the sweet
+children no longer made their appearance upon the terrace. I felt
+this double deprivation more than I can express.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXVII.
+
+
+
+The inconvenience I experienced from the chain upon my legs, which
+prevented me from sleeping, destroyed my health. Schiller wished me
+to petition, declaring that it was the duty of the physician to
+order it to be taken off. For some time I refused to listen to him,
+I then yielded, and informed the doctor that, in order to obtain a
+little sleep, I should be thankful to have the chain removed, if
+only for a few days. He answered that my fever was not yet so bad
+as to require it; and that it was necessary I should become
+accustomed to the chain. I felt indignant at this reply, and more
+so at myself for having asked the favour. "See what I have got by
+following your advice," said I to Schiller; and I said it in a very
+sharp tone, not a little offensive to the old man.
+
+"You are vexed," he exclaimed, "because you met with a denial; and I
+am as much so with your arrogance! Could I help it?" He then began
+a long sermon. "The proud value themselves mightily in never
+exposing themselves to a refusal, in never accepting an offer, in
+being ashamed at a thousand little matters. Alle eselen, asses as
+they all are. Vain grandeur, want of true dignity, which consists
+in being ashamed only of bad actions!" He went off, and made the
+door ring with a tremendous noise.
+
+I was dismayed; yet his rough sincerity scarcely displeased me. Had
+he not spoken the truth? to how many weaknesses had I not given the
+name of dignity! the result of nothing but pride.
+
+At the dinner hour Schiller left my fare to the convict Kunda, who
+brought me some water, while Schiller stood outside. I called him.
+"I have no time," he replied, very drily.
+
+I rose, and going to him, said, "If you wish my dinner to agree with
+me, pray don't look so horribly sour; it is worse than vinegar."
+
+"And how ought I to look?" he asked, rather more appeased.
+
+"Cheerful, and like a friend," was my reply.
+
+"Let us be merry, then! Viva l'allegria!" cried the old man. "And
+if it will make your dinner agree with you, I will dance you a
+hornpipe into the bargain." And, assuming a broad grin, he set to
+work with his long, lean, spindle shanks, which he worked about like
+two huge stilts, till I thought I should have died with laughing. I
+laughed and almost cried at the same time.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXVIII.
+
+
+
+One evening Count Oroboni and I were standing at our windows
+complaining of the low diet to which we were subjected. Animated by
+the subject, we talked a little too loud, and the sentinels began to
+upbraid us. The superintendent, indeed, called in a loud voice to
+Schiller, as he happened to be passing, inquiring in a threatening
+voice why he did not keep a better watch, and teach us to be silent?
+Schiller came in a great rage to complain of me, and ordered me
+never more to think of speaking from the window. He wished me to
+promise that I would not.
+
+"No!" replied I; "I shall do no such thing."
+
+"Oh, der Teufel; der Teufel!" {26} exclaimed the old man; "do you
+say that to me? Have I not had a horrible strapping on your
+account?"
+
+"I am sorry, dear Schiller, if you have suffered on my account. But
+I cannot promise what I do not mean to perform."
+
+"And why not perform it?"
+
+"Because I cannot; because this continual solitude is such a torment
+to me. No! I will speak as long as I have breath, and invite my
+neighbour to talk to me. If he refuse I will talk to my window-
+bars, I will talk to the hills before me, I will talk to the birds
+as they fly about. I will talk!"
+
+"Der Teufel! you will! You had better promise!"
+
+"No, no, no! never!" I exclaimed.
+
+He threw down his huge bunch of keys, and ran about, crying, "Der
+Teufel! der Teufel!" Then, all at once, he threw his long bony arms
+about my neck: "By -, and you shall talk! Am I to cease to be a
+man because of this vile mob of keys? You are a gentleman, and I
+like your spirit! I know you will not promise. I would do the same
+in your place."
+
+I picked up his keys and presented them to him. "These keys," said
+I, "are not so bad after all; they cannot turn an honest soldier,
+like you, into a villainous sgherro."
+
+"Why, if I thought they could, I would hand them back to my
+superiors, and say, 'If you will give me no bread but the wages of a
+hangman, I will go and beg alms from door to door.'"
+
+He took out his handkerchief, dried his eyes, and then, raising
+them, seemed to pray inwardly for some time. I, too, offered up my
+secret prayers for this good old man. He saw it, and took my hand
+with a look of grateful respect.
+
+Upon leaving me he said, in a low voice, "When you speak with Count
+Oroboni, speak as I do now. You will do me a double kindness: I
+shall hear no more cruel threats of my lord superintendent, and by
+not allowing any remarks of yours to be repeated in his ear, you
+will avoid giving fresh irritation to ONE who knows how to punish."
+
+I assured him that not a word should come from either of our lips
+which could possibly give cause of offence. In fact, we required no
+further instructions to be cautious. Two prisoners desirous of
+communication are skilful enough to invent a language of their own,
+without the least danger of its being interpreted by any listener.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXIX.
+
+
+
+I had just been taking my morning's walk; it was the 7th of August.
+Oroboni's dungeon door was standing open; Schiller was in it, and he
+was not sensible of my approach. My guards pressed forward in order
+to close my friend's door, but I was too quick for them; I darted
+into the room, and the next moment found myself in the arms of Count
+Oroboni.
+
+Schiller was in dismay, and cried out "Der Teufel! der Teufel!" most
+vigorously, at the same time raising his finger in a threatening
+attitude. It was in vain, for his eyes filled with tears, and he
+cried out, sobbing, "Oh, my God! take pity on these poor young men
+and me; on all the unhappy like them, my God, who knows what it is
+to be so very unhappy upon earth!" The guards, also, both wept; the
+sentinel on duty in the gallery ran to the spot, and even he caught
+the infection.
+
+"Silvio! Silvio!" exclaimed the Count, "this is the most delightful
+day of my life!" I know not how I answered him; I was nearly
+distracted with joy and affection.
+
+When Schiller at length beseeched us to separate, and it was
+necessary we should obey, Oroboni burst into a flood of tears. "Are
+we never to see each other again upon earth?" he exclaimed, in a
+wild, prophetic tone.
+
+Alas! I never saw him more! A very few months after this parting,
+his dungeon was empty, and Oroboni lay at rest in the cemetery, on
+which I looked out from my window!
+
+From the moment we had met, it seemed as if the tie which bound us
+were drawn closer round our hearts; and we were become still more
+necessary to each other.
+
+He was a fine young man, with a noble countenance, but pale, and in
+poor health. Still, his eyes retained all their lustre. My
+affection for him was increased by a knowledge of his extreme
+weakness and sufferings. He felt for me in the same manner; we saw
+by how frail a tenure hung the lives of both, and that one must
+speedily be the survivor.
+
+In a few days he became worse; I could only grieve and pray for him.
+After several feverish attacks, he recovered a little, and was even
+enabled to resume our conversations. What ineffable pleasure I
+experienced on hearing once more the sound of his voice! "You seem
+glad," he said, "but do not deceive yourself; it is but for a short
+time. Have the courage to prepare for my departure, and your
+virtuous resolution will inspire me also with courage!"
+
+At this period the walls of our prison were about to be whitewashed,
+and meantime we were to take up our abode in the caverns below.
+Unfortunately they placed us in dungeons apart from each other. But
+Schiller told me that the Count was well; though I had my doubts,
+and dreaded lest his health should receive a last blow from the
+effects of his subterranean abode. If I had only had the good
+fortune, thought I, to be near my friend Maroncelli; I could
+distinguish his voice, however, as he sung. We spoke to each other,
+spite of the shouts and conversation of the guards. At the same
+period, the head physician of Brunn paid us a visit. He was sent in
+consequence of the report made by the superintendent in regard to
+the extreme ill health of the prisoners from the scanty allowance of
+food. A scorbutic epidemic was already fast emptying the dungeons.
+Not aware of the cause of his visit, I imagined that he came to see
+Oroboni, and my anxiety was inexpressible; I was bowed down with
+sorrow, and I too wished to die. The thought of suicide again
+tormented me. I struggled, indeed; but I felt like the weary
+traveller, who though compelled to press forward, feels an almost
+irresistible desire to throw himself upon the ground and rest.
+
+I had been just informed that in one of those subterranean dens an
+aged Bohemian gentleman had recently destroyed himself by beating
+his head against the walls. I wish I had not heard it; for I could
+not, do what I would, banish the temptation to imitate him. It was
+a sort of delirium, and would most probably have ended in suicide,
+had not a violent gush of blood from my chest, which made me think
+that death was close at hand, relieved me. I was thankful to God
+that it should happen in this manner, and spare me an act of
+desperation, which my reason so strongly condemned. But Providence
+ordered it otherwise; I found myself considerably better after the
+discharge of blood from my lungs. Meantime, I was removed to the
+prison above, and the additional light, with the vicinity of my
+friend Oroboni, reconciled me to life.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXX.
+
+
+
+I first informed the Count of the terrific melancholy I had endured
+when separated from him; and he declared he had been haunted with a
+similar temptation to suicide. "Let us take advantage," he said,
+"of the little time that remains for us, by mutually consoling each
+other. We will speak of God; emulate each other in loving him, and
+inculcate upon each other that he only is Justice, Wisdom, Goodness,
+Beauty--is all which is most worthy to be reverenced and adored. I
+tell you, friend, of a truth, that death is not far from me. I
+shall be eternally grateful, Silvio, if you will help me, in these
+my last moments, to become as religious as I ought to have been
+during my whole life."
+
+We now, therefore, confined our conversation wholly to religious
+subjects, especially to drawing parallels between the Christian
+philosophy and that of mere worldly founders of the Epicurean
+schools. We were both delighted to discover so strict an union
+between Christianity and reason; and both, on a comparison of the
+different evangelical communions, fully agreed that the catholic was
+the only one which could successfully resist the test of criticism,-
+-which consisted of the purest doctrines and the purest morality--
+not of those wretched extremes, the product of human ignorance.
+
+"And if by any unexpected accident," observed Oroboni, "we should be
+restored to society, should we be so mean-spirited as to shrink from
+confessing our faith in the Gospel? Should we stand firm if accused
+of having changed our sentiments in consequence of prison
+discipline?"
+
+"Your question, my dear Oroboni," I replied, "acquaints me with the
+nature of your reply; it is also mine. The vilest servility is that
+of being subjected to the opinions of others, when we feel a
+persuasion at the same time that they are false. I cannot believe
+that either you or I could be guilty of so much meanness." During
+these confidential communications of our sentiments, I committed one
+fault. I had pledged my honour to Julian never to reveal, by
+mention of his real name, the correspondence which had passed
+between us. I informed poor Oroboni of it all, observing that "it
+never should escape my lips in any other place; but here we are
+immured as in a tomb; and even should you get free, I know I can
+confide in you as in myself."
+
+My excellent friend returned no answer. "Why are you silent?" I
+enquired. He then seriously upbraided me for having broken my word
+and betrayed my friend's secret. His reproach was just; no
+friendship, however intimate, however fortified by virtue, can
+authorise such a violation of confidence, guaranteed, as it had
+been, by a sacred vow.
+
+Since, however, it was done, Oroboni was desirous of turning my
+fault to a good account. He was acquainted with Julian, and related
+several traits of character, highly honourable to him. "Indeed," he
+added, "he has so often acted like a true Christian, that he will
+never carry his enmity to such a religion to the grave with him.
+Let us hope so; let us not cease to hope. And you, Silvio, try to
+pardon his ill-humour from your heart; and pray for him!" His words
+were held sacred by me.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXI.
+
+
+
+The conversations of which I speak, sometimes with Oroboni, and
+sometimes with Schiller, occupied but a small portion of the twenty-
+four hours daily upon my hands. It was not always, moreover, that I
+could converse with Oroboni. How was I to pass the solitary hours?
+I was accustomed to rise at dawn, and mounting upon the top of my
+table, I grasped the bars of my window, and there said my prayers.
+The Count was already at his window, or speedily followed my
+example. We saluted each other, and continued for a time in secret
+prayer. Horrible as our dungeons were, they made us more truly
+sensible of the beauty of the world without, and the landscape that
+spread around us. The sky, the plains, the far off noise and
+motions of animals in the valley, the voices of the village maidens,
+the laugh, the song, had a charm for us it is difficult to express,
+and made us more dearly sensible of the presence of him who is so
+magnificent in his goodness, and of whom we ever stand in so much
+need.
+
+The morning visit of the guards was devoted to an examination of my
+dungeon, to see that all was in order. They felt at my chain, link
+by link, to be sure that no conspiracy was at work, or rather in
+obedience to the laws of discipline which bound them. If it were
+the day for the doctor's visit, Schiller was accustomed to ask us if
+we wished to see him, and to make a note to that effect.
+
+The search being over, Schiller made his appearance, accompanied by
+Kunda, whose care it was to clean our rooms. Shortly after he
+brought our breakfast--a little pot of hogwash, and three small
+slices of coarse bread. The bread I was able to eat, but could not
+contrive to drink the swill.
+
+It was next my business to apply to study. Maroncelli had brought a
+number of books from Italy, as well as some other of our fellow-
+prisoners--some more, and some less, but altogether they formed a
+pretty good library. This, too, we hoped to enlarge by some
+purchases; but awaited an answer from the Emperor, as to whether we
+might be permitted to read them and buy others. Meantime the
+governor gave us permission, PROVISIONALLY, to have each two books
+at a time, and to exchange them when we pleased. About nine came
+the superintendent, and if the doctor had been summoned, he
+accompanied him.
+
+I was allowed another interval for study between this and the dinner
+hour at eleven. We had then no further visits till sunset, and I
+returned to my studies. Schiller and Kunda then appeared with a
+change of water, and a moment afterwards, the superintendent with
+the guards to make their evening inspection, never forgetting my
+chain. Either before or after dinner, as best pleased the guards,
+we were permitted in turn to take our hour's walk. The evening
+search being over, Oroboni and I began our conversation,--always
+more extended than at any other hour. The other periods were, as
+related in the morning, or directly after dinner--but our words were
+then generally very brief. At times the sentinels were so kind as
+to say to us: "A little lower key, gentlemen, or otherwise the
+punishment will fall upon us." Not unfrequently they would pretend
+not to see us, and if the sergeant appeared, begged us to stop till
+he were past, when they told us we might talk again--"But as low as
+you possibly can, gentlemen, if you please!"
+
+Nay, it happened that they would quietly accost us themselves;
+answer our questions, and give us some information respecting Italy.
+
+Touching upon some topics, they entreated of us to be silent,
+refusing to give any answer. We were naturally doubtful whether
+these voluntary conversations, on their part, were really sincere,
+or the result of an artful attempt to pry into our secret opinions.
+
+I am, however, inclined to think that they meant it all in good
+part, and spoke to us in perfect kindness and frankness of heart.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXII.
+
+
+
+One evening the sentinels were more than usually kind and
+forbearing, and poor Oroboni and I conversed without in the least
+suppressing our voices. Maroncelli, in his subterraneous abode,
+caught the sound, and climbing up to the window, listened and
+distinguished my voice. He could not restrain his joy; but sung out
+my name, with a hearty welcome. He then asked me how I was, and
+expressed his regret that he had not yet been permitted to share the
+same dungeon. This favour I had, in fact, already petitioned for,
+but neither the superintendent nor the governor had the power of
+granting it. Our united wishes upon the same point had been
+represented to the Emperor, but no answer had hitherto been received
+by the governor of Brunn. Besides the instance in which we saluted
+each other in song, when in our subterraneous abodes, I had since
+heard the songs of the heroic Maroncelli, by fits and starts, in my
+dungeon above. He now raised his voice; he was no longer
+interrupted, and I caught all he said. I replied, and we continued
+the dialogue about a quarter of an hour. Finally, they changed the
+sentinels upon the terrace, and the successors were not "of gentle
+mood." Often did we recommence the song, and as often were
+interrupted by furious cries, and curses, and threats, which we were
+compelled to obey.
+
+Alas! my fancy often pictured to me the form of my friend,
+languishing in that dismal abode so much worse than my own; I
+thought of the bitter grief that must oppress him, and the effect
+upon his health, and bemoaned his fate in silence. Tears brought me
+no relief; the pains in my head returned, with acute fever. I could
+no longer stand, and took to my straw bed. Convulsions came on; the
+spasms in my breast were terrible. Of a truth, I believed that that
+night was my last.
+
+The following day the fever ceased, my chest was relieved, but the
+inflammation seemed to have seized my brain, and I could not move my
+head without the most excruciating pain. I informed Oroboni of my
+condition; and he too was even worse than usual. "My dear friend,"
+said he, "the day is near when one or other of us will no longer be
+able to reach the window. Each time we welcome one another may be
+the last. Let us hold ourselves in readiness, then, to die--yes to
+die! or to survive a friend."
+
+His voice trembled with emotion; I could not speak a word in reply.
+There was a pause, and he then resumed, "How fortunate you are in
+knowing the German language! You can at least have the advantage of
+a priest; I cannot obtain one acquainted with the Italian. But God
+is conscious of my wishes; I made confession at Venice--and in
+truth, it does not seem that I have met with anything since that
+loads my conscience."
+
+"I, on the contrary, confessed at Venice," said I, "with my heart
+full of rancour, much worse than if I had wholly refused the
+sacrament. But if I could find a priest, I would now confess myself
+with all my heart, and pardon everybody, I can assure you."
+
+"God bless you, Silvio!" he exclaimed, "you give me the greatest
+consolation I can receive. Yes, yes; dear friend! let us both do
+all in our power to merit a joyful meeting where we shall no more be
+separated, where we shall be united in happiness, as now we are in
+these last trying hours of our calamity."
+
+The next day I expected him as usual at the window. But he came
+not, and I learnt from Schiller that he was grievously ill. In
+eight or ten days he recovered, and reappeared at his accustomed
+station. I complained to him bitterly, but he consoled me. A few
+months passed in this strange alternation of suffering; sometimes it
+was he, at others I, who was unable even to reach our window.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXIII.
+
+
+
+I was enabled to keep up until the 11th of January, 1823. On that
+morning, I rose with a slight pain in my head, and a strong tendency
+to fainting. My legs trembled, and I could scarcely draw my breath.
+
+Poor Oroboni, also, had been unable to rise from his straw for
+several days past. They brought me some soup, I took a spoonful,
+and then fell back in a swoon. Some time afterwards the sentinel in
+the gallery, happening to look through the pane of my door, saw me
+lying senseless on the ground, with the pot of soup at my side; and
+believing me to be dead, he called Schiller, who hastened, as well
+as the superintendent, to the spot.
+
+The doctor was soon in attendance, and they put me on my bed. I was
+restored with great difficulty. Perceiving I was in danger, the
+physician ordered my irons to be taken off. He then gave me some
+kind of cordial, but it would not stay on my stomach, while the pain
+in my head was horrible. A report was forthwith sent to the
+governor, who despatched a courier to Vienna, to ascertain in what
+manner I was to be treated. The answer received, was, that I should
+not be placed in the infirmary, but was to receive the same
+attendance in my dungeon as was customary in the former place. The
+superintendent was further authorised to supply me with soup from
+his own kitchen so long as I should continue unwell.
+
+The last provision of the order received was wholly useless, as
+neither food nor beverage would stay on my stomach. I grew worse
+during a whole week, and was delirious without intermission, both
+day and night.
+
+Kral and Kubitzky were appointed to take care of me, and both were
+exceedingly attentive. Whenever I showed the least return of
+reason, Kral was accustomed to say, "There! have faith in God; God
+alone is good."
+
+"Pray for me," I stammered out, when a lucid interval first
+appeared; "pray for me not to live, but that he will accept my
+misfortunes and my death as an expiation." He suggested that I
+should take the sacrament.
+
+"If I asked it not, attribute it to my poor head; it would be a
+great consolation to me."
+
+Kral reported my words to the superintendent, and the chaplain of
+the prisons came to me. I made my confession, received the
+communion, and took the holy oil. The priest's name was Sturm, and
+I was satisfied with him. The reflections he made upon the justice
+of God, upon the injustice of man, upon the duty of forgiveness, and
+upon the vanity of all earthly things, were not out of place. They
+bore moreover the stamp of a dignified and well-cultivated mind as
+well as an ardent feeling of true love towards God and our
+neighbour.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXIV.
+
+
+
+The exertion I made to receive the sacrament exhausted my remaining
+strength; but it was of use, as I fell into a deep sleep, which
+continued several I hours.
+
+On awaking I felt somewhat refreshed, and observing Schiller and
+Kral near me, I took them by the hand, and thanked them for their
+care. Schiller fixed his eyes on me.
+
+"I am accustomed," he said, "to see persons at the last, and I would
+lay a wager that you will not die."
+
+"Are you not giving me a bad prognostic?" said I.
+
+"No;" he replied, "the miseries of life are great it is true; but he
+who supports them with dignity and with humility must always gain
+something by living." He then added, "If you live, I hope you will
+some day meet with consolation you had not expected. You were
+petitioning to see your friend Signor Maroncelli."
+
+"So many times, that I no longer hope for it."
+
+"Hope, hope, sir; and repeat your request."
+
+I did so that very day. The superintendent also gave me hopes; and
+added, that probably I should not only be permitted to see him, but
+that he would attend on me, and most likely become my undivided
+companion.
+
+It appeared, that as all the state prisoners had fallen ill, the
+governor had requested permission from Vienna to have them placed
+two and two, in order that one might assist the other in case of
+extreme need.
+
+I had also solicited the favour of writing to my family for the last
+time.
+
+Towards the end of the second week, my attack reached its crisis,
+and the danger was over. I had begun to sit up, when one morning my
+door opened, and the superintendent, Schiller, and the doctor, all
+apparently rejoicing, came into my apartment. The first ran towards
+me, exclaiming,
+
+"We have got permission for Maroncelli to bear you company; and you
+may write to your parents."
+
+Joy deprived me both of breath and speech, and the superintendent,
+who in his kindness had not been quite prudent, believed that he had
+killed me. On recovering my senses, and recollecting the good news,
+I entreated not to have it delayed. The physician consented, and my
+friend Maroncelli was conducted to my bedside. Oh! what a moment
+was that.
+
+"Are you alive?" each of us exclaimed.
+
+"Oh, my friend, my brother--what a happy day have we lived to see!
+God's name be ever blessed for it." But our joy was mingled with as
+deep compassion. Maroncelli was less surprised upon seeing me,
+reduced as I was, for he knew that I had been very ill, but though
+aware how HE must have suffered, I could not have imagined he would
+be so extremely changed. He was hardly to be recognised; his once
+noble and handsome features were wholly consumed, as it were, by
+grief, by continual hunger, and by the bad air of his dark,
+subterranean dungeon.
+
+Nevertheless, to see, to hear, and to be near each other was a great
+comfort. How much had we to communicate--to recollect--and to talk
+over! What delight in our mutual compassion, what sympathy in all
+our ideas! Then we were equally agreed upon subjects of religion;
+to hate only ignorance and barbarism, but not man, not individuals,
+and on the other hand to commiserate the ignorant and the barbarous,
+and to pray for their improvement.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXV.
+
+
+
+I was now presented with a sheet of paper and ink, in order that I
+might write to my parents.
+
+As in point of strictness the permission was only given to a dying
+man, desirous of bidding a last adieu to his family, I was
+apprehensive that the letter being now of different tenour, it would
+no longer be sent upon its destination. I confined myself to the
+simple duty of beseeching my parents, my brothers, and my sisters,
+to resign themselves without a murmur to bear the lot appointed me,
+even as I myself was resigned to the will of God.
+
+This letter was, nevertheless, forwarded, as I subsequently learnt.
+It was, in fact, the only one which, during so long protracted a
+captivity, was received by my family; the rest were all detained at
+Vienna. My companions in misfortune were equally cut off from all
+communication with their friends and families.
+
+We repeatedly solicited that we might be allowed the use of pen and
+paper for purposes of study, and that we might purchase books with
+our own money. Neither of these petitions was granted.
+
+The governor, meanwhile, permitted us to read our own books among
+each other. We were indebted also to his goodness for an
+improvement in our diet; but it did not continue. He had consented
+that we should be supplied from the kitchen of the superintendent
+instead of that of the contractor; and some fund had been put apart
+for that purpose. The order, however, was not confirmed; but in the
+brief interval it was in force my health had greatly improved. It
+was the same with Maroncelli; but for the unhappy Oroboni it came
+too late. He had received for his companion the advocate Solera,
+and afterwards the priest, Dr. Fortini.
+
+We were no sooner distributed through the different prisons than the
+prohibition to appear or to converse at our windows was renewed,
+with threats that, if detected, the offenders would be consigned to
+utter solitude. We often, it is true, broke through this prison-
+law, and saluted each other from our windows, but no longer engaged
+in long conversations as we had before done.
+
+In point of disposition, Maroncelli and I were admirably suited to
+each other. The courage of the one sustained the other; if one
+became violent the other soothed him; if buried in grief or gloom,
+he sought to rouse him; and one friendly smile was often enough to
+mitigate the severity of our sufferings, and reconcile each other to
+life.
+
+So long as we had books, we found them a delightful relief, not only
+by reading, but by committing them to memory. We also examined,
+compared, criticised, and collated, &c. We read and we reflected
+great part of the day in silence, and reserved the feast of
+conversation for the hours of dinner, for our walks, and the
+evenings.
+
+While in his subterranean abode, Maroncelli had composed a variety
+of poems of high merit. He recited them and produced others. Many
+of these I committed to memory. It is astonishing with what
+facility I was enabled, by this exercise, to repeat very extensive
+compositions, to give them additional polish, and bring them to the
+highest possible perfection of which they were susceptible, even had
+I written them down with the utmost care. Maroncelli did the same,
+and, by degrees, retained by heart many thousand lyric verses, and
+epics of different kinds. It was thus, too, I composed the tragedy
+of Leoniero da Dertona, and various other works.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXVI.
+
+
+
+Count Oroboni, after lingering through a wretched winter and the
+ensuing spring, found himself much worse during the summer. He was
+seized with a spitting of blood, and a dropsy ensued. Imagine our
+affliction on learning that he was dying so near us, without a
+possibility of our rendering him the last sad offices, separated
+only as we were by a dungeon-wall.
+
+Schiller brought us tidings of him. The unfortunate young Count, he
+said, was in the greatest agonies, yet he retained his admirable
+firmness of mind. He received the spiritual consolations of the
+chaplain, who was fortunately acquainted with the French language.
+He died on the 13th of June, 1823. A few hours before he expired,
+he spoke of his aged father, eighty years of age, was much affected,
+and shed tears. Then resuming his serenity, he said, "But why thus
+lament the destiny of the most fortunate of all those so dear to me;
+for HE is on the eve of rejoining me in the realms of eternal
+peace?" The last words he uttered, were, "I forgive all my enemies;
+I do it from my heart!" His eyes were closed by his friend, Dr.
+Fortini, a most religious and amiable man, who had been intimate
+with him from his childhood. Poor Oroboni! how bitterly we felt his
+death when the first sad tidings reached us! Ah! we heard the
+voices and the steps of those who came to remove his body! We
+watched from our window the hearse, which, slow and solemnly, bore
+him to that cemetery within our view. It was drawn thither by two
+of the common convicts, and followed by four of the guards. We kept
+our eyes fixed upon the sorrowful spectacle, without speaking a
+word, till it entered the churchyard. It passed through, and
+stopped at last in a corner, near a new-made grave. The ceremony
+was brief; almost immediately the hearse, the convicts, and the
+guards were observed to return. One of the last was Kubitzky. He
+said to me, "I have marked the exact spot where he is buried, in
+order that some relation or friend may be enabled some day to remove
+his poor bones, and lay them in his own country. It was a noble
+thought, and surprised me in a man so wholly uneducated; but I could
+not speak. How often had the unhappy Count gazed from his window
+upon that dreary looking cemetery, as he observed, "I must try to
+get accustomed to the idea of being carried thither; yet I confess
+that such an idea makes me shiver. It is strange, but I cannot help
+thinking that we shall not rest so well in these foreign parts as in
+our own beloved land." He would then laugh, and exclaim, "What
+childishness is this! when a garment as worn out, and done with,
+does it signify where we throw it aside?" At other times, he would
+say, "I am continually preparing for death, but I should die more
+willingly upon one condition--just to enter my father's house once
+more, embrace his knees, hear his voice blessing me, and die!" He
+then sighed and added, "But if this cup, my God, cannot pass from
+me, may thy will be done." Upon the morning of his death he also
+said, as he pressed a crucifix, which Kral brought him, to his lips;
+"Thou, Lord, who wert Divine, hadst also a horror of death, and
+didst say, IF IT BE POSSIBLE, LET THIS CUP PASS FREE ME, oh, pardon
+if I too say it; but I will repeat also with Thee, Nevertheless, not
+as I will, but as thou willest it!"
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXVII.
+
+
+
+After the death of Oroboni, I was again taken ill. I expected very
+soon to rejoin him, and I ardently desired it. Still, I could not
+have parted with Maroncelli without regret. Often, while seated on
+his straw-bed, he read or recited poetry to withdraw my mind, as
+well as his own, from reflecting upon our misfortunes, I gazed on
+him, and thought with pain, When I am gone, when you see them
+bearing me hence, when you gaze at the cemetery, you will look more
+sorrowful than now. I would then offer a secret prayer that another
+companion might be given him, as capable of appreciating all his
+worth.
+
+I shall not mention how many different attacks I suffered, and with
+how much difficulty I recovered from them. The assistance I
+received from my friend Maroncelli, was like that of an attached
+brother. When it became too great an effort for me to speak, he was
+silent; he saw the exact moment when his conversation would soothe
+or enliven me, he dwelt upon subjects most congenial to my feelings,
+and he continued or varied them as he judged most agreeable to me.
+Never did I meet with a nobler spirit; he had few equals, none, whom
+I knew, superior to him. Strictly just, tolerant, truly religious,
+with a remarkable confidence in human virtue, he added to these
+qualities an admirable taste for the beautiful, whether in art or
+nature, and a fertile imagination teeming with poetry; in short, all
+those engaging dispositions of mind and heart best calculated to
+endear him to me.
+
+Still, I could not help grieving over the fate of Oroboni while, at
+the same time, I indulged the soothing reflection that he was freed
+from all his sufferings, that they were rewarded with a better
+world, and that in the midst of the enjoyments he had won, he must
+have that of beholding me with a friend no less attached to me than
+he had been himself. I felt a secret assurance that he was no
+longer in a place of expiation, though I ceased not to pray for him.
+I often saw him in my dreams, and he seemed to pray for me; I tried
+to think that they were not mere dreams; that they were
+manifestations of his blessed spirit, permitted by God for my
+consolation. I should not be believed were I to describe the
+excessive vividness of such dreams, if such they were, and the
+delicious serenity which they left in my mind for many days after.
+These, and the religious sentiments entertained by Maroncelli, with
+his tried friendship, greatly alleviated my afflictions. The sole
+idea which tormented me was the possibility of this excellent friend
+also being snatched from me; his health having been much broken, so
+as to threaten his dissolution ere my own sufferings drew to a
+close. Every time he was taken ill, I trembled; and when he felt
+better, it was a day of rejoicing for me. Strange, that there
+should be a fearful sort of pleasure, anxious yet intense, in these
+alternations of hope and dread, regarding the existence of the only
+object left you on earth. Our lot was one of the most painful; yet
+to esteem, to love each other as we did, was to us a little
+paradise, the one green spot in the desert of our lives; it was all
+we had left, and we bowed our heads in thankfulness to the Giver of
+all good, while awaiting the hour of his summons.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXVIII.
+
+
+
+It was now my favourite wish that the chaplain who had attended me
+in my first illness, might be allowed to visit us as our confessor.
+But instead of complying with our request, the governor sent us an
+Augustine friar, called Father Battista, who was to confess us until
+an order came from Vienna, either to confirm the choice, or to
+nominate another in his place.
+
+I was afraid we might suffer by the change, but was deceived.
+Father Battista was an excellent man, highly educated, of polished
+manners, and capable of reasoning admirably, even profoundly, upon
+the duties of man. We entreated him to visit us frequently; he came
+once a month, and oftener when in his power to do so; he always
+brought us some book or other with the governor's permission, and
+informed us from the abbot that the entire library of the convent
+was at our service. This was a great event for us; and we availed
+ourselves of the offer during several months.
+
+After confession, he was accustomed to converse with us and gave
+evidence of an upright and elevated mind, capable of estimating the
+intrinsic dignity and sanctity of the human mind. We had the
+advantage of his enlightened views, of his affection, and his
+friendship for us during the space of a year. At first I confess
+that I distrusted him, and imagined that we should soon discover him
+putting out his feelers to induce us to make imprudent disclosures.
+In a prisoner of state this sort of diffidence is but too natural;
+but how great the satisfaction we experience when it disappears, and
+when we acknowledge in the interpreter of God no other zeal than
+that inspired by the cause of God and of humanity.
+
+He had a most efficacious method of administering consolation. For
+instance, I accused myself of flying into a rage at the rigours
+imposed upon me by the prison discipline. He discoursed upon the
+virtue of suffering with resignation, and pardoning our enemies; and
+depicted in lively colours the miseries of life--in ranks and
+conditions opposite to my own. He had seen much of life, both in
+cities and the country, known men of all grades, and deeply
+reflected upon human oppression and injustice. He painted the
+operation of the passions, and the habits of various social classes.
+He described them to me throughout as the strong and the weak, the
+oppressors and the oppressed: and the necessity we were under,
+either of hating our fellow-man or loving him by a generous effort
+of compassion.
+
+The examples he gave to show me the prevailing character of
+misfortune in the mass of human beings, and the good which was to be
+hence derived, had nothing singular in them; in fact they were
+obvious to view; but he recounted them in language so just and
+forcible, that I could not but admit the deductions he wished to
+draw from them.
+
+The oftener he repeated his friendly reproaches, and has noble
+exhortations, the more was I incited to the love of virtue; I no
+longer felt capable of resentment--I could have laid down my life,
+with the permission of God, for the least of my fellow-creatures,
+and I yet blest His holy name for having created me--MAN!
+
+Wretch that he is who remains ignorant of the sublime duty of
+confession! Still more wretched who, to shun the common herd, as he
+believes, feels himself called upon to regard it with scorn! Is it
+not a truth that even when we know what is required of us to be
+good, that self-knowledge is a dead letter to us? reading and
+reflection are insufficient to impel us to it; it is only the living
+speech of a man gifted with power which can here be of avail. The
+soul is shaken to its centre, the impressions it receives are more
+profound and lasting. In the brother who speaks to you, there is a
+life, and a living and breathing spirit--one which you can always
+consult, and which you will vainly seek for, either in books or in
+your own thoughts.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXIX.
+
+
+
+In the beginning of 1824 the superintendent who had his office at
+one end of our gallery, removed elsewhere, and the chambers, along
+with others, were converted into additional prisons. By this, alas,
+we were given to understand that other prisoners of state were
+expected from Italy.
+
+They arrived in fact very shortly--a third special commission was at
+hand--and they were all in the circle of my friends or my
+acquaintance. What was my grief when I was told their names!
+Borsieri was one of my oldest friends. To Confalonieri I had been
+attached a less time indeed, but not the less ardently. Had it been
+in my power, by taking upon myself the carcere durissimo, or any
+other imaginable torment, how willingly would I have purchased their
+liberation. Not only would I have laid down my life for them,--for
+what is it to give one's life? I would have continued to suffer for
+them.
+
+It was then I wished to obtain the consolations of Father Battista;
+but they would not permit him to come near me.
+
+New orders to maintain the severest discipline were received from
+Vienna. The terrace on which we walked was hedged in by stockades,
+and in such a way that no one, even with the use of a telescope,
+could perceive our movements. We could no longer catch the
+beautiful prospect of the surrounding hills, and part of the city of
+Brunn which lay below. Yet this was not enough. To reach the
+terrace, we were obliged, as before stated, to traverse the
+courtyard, and a number of persons could perceive us. That we might
+be concealed from every human eye, we were prohibited from crossing
+it, and we were confined in our walk to a small passage close to our
+gallery, with a north aspect similar to that of our dungeons.
+
+To us such a change was a real misfortune, and it grieved us. There
+were innumerable little advantages and refreshments to our worn and
+wasted spirits in the walk of which we were deprived. The sight of
+the superintendent's children; their smiles and caresses; the scene
+where I had taken leave of their mother; the occasional chit-chat
+with the old smith, who had his forge there; the joyous songs of one
+of the captains accompanied by his guitar; and last not least, the
+innocent badinage of a young Hungarian fruiteress--the corporal's
+wife, who flirted with my companions--were among what we had lost.
+She had, in fact, taken a great fancy for Maroncelli.
+
+Previous to his becoming my companion, he had made a little of her
+acquaintance; but was so sincere, so dignified, and so simple in his
+intentions as to be quite insensible of the impression he had
+produced. I informed him of it, and he would not believe I was
+serious, though he declared that he would take care to preserve a
+greater distance. Unluckily the more he was reserved, the more did
+the lady's fancy for him seemed to increase.
+
+It so happened that her window was scarcely above a yard higher than
+the level of the terrace; and in an instant she was at our side with
+the apparent intention of putting out some linen to dry, or to
+perform some other household offices; but in fact to gaze at my
+friend, and, if possible, enter into conversation with him.
+
+Our poor guards, half wearied to death for want of sleep, had,
+meantime, eagerly caught at an opportunity of throwing themselves on
+the grass, just in this corner, where they were no longer under the
+eye of their superiors. They fell asleep; and meanwhile Maroncelli
+was not a little perplexed what to do, such was the resolute
+affection borne him by the fair Hungarian. I was no less puzzled;
+for an affair of the kind, which, elsewhere, might have supplied
+matter for some merriment, was here very serious, and might lead to
+some very unpleasant result. The unhappy cause of all this had one
+of those countenances which tell you at once their character--the
+habit of being virtuous, and the necessity of being esteemed. She
+was not beautiful, but had a remarkable expression of elegance in
+her whole manner and deportment; her features, though not regular,
+fascinated when she smiled, and with every change of sentiment.
+
+Were it my purpose to dwell upon love affairs, I should have no
+little to relate respecting this virtuous but unfortunate woman--now
+deceased. Enough that I have alluded to one of the few adventures
+which marked my prison-hours.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXX.
+
+
+
+The increasing rigour of our prison discipline rendered our lives
+one unvaried scene. The whole of 1824, of 1825, of 1826, of 1827,
+presented the same dull, dark aspect; and how we lived through years
+like these is wonderful. We were forbidden the use of books. The
+prison was one immense tomb, though without the peace and
+unconsciousness of death. The director of police came every month
+to institute the most strict and minute search, assisted by a
+lieutenant and guards. They made us strip to the skin, examined the
+seams of our garments, and ripped up the straw bundles called our
+beds in pursuit of--nothing. It was a secret affair, intended to
+take us by surprise, and had something about it which always
+irritated me exceedingly, and left me in a violent fever.
+
+The preceding years had appeared to me very unhappy, yet I now
+remembered them with regret. The hours were fled when I could read
+my Bible, and Homer, from whom I had imbibed such a passionate
+admiration of his glorious language. Oh, how it irked me to be
+unable to prosecute my study of him! And there were Dante,
+Petrarch, Shakespeare, Byron, Walter Scott, Schiller, Goethe, &c.--
+how many friends, how many innocent and true delights were withheld
+from me. Among these I included a number of works, also, upon
+Christian knowledge; those of Bourdaloue, Pascal, "The Imitation of
+Christ," "The Filotea," &c., books usually read with narrow,
+illiberal views by those who exult in every little defect of taste,
+and at every common-place thought which impels the reader to throw
+them for ever aside; but which, when perused in a true spirit free
+from scandalous or malignant construction, discover a mine of deep
+philosophy, and vigorous nutriment both for the intellect and the
+heart. A few of certain religious books, indeed, were sent us, as a
+present, by the Emperor, but with an absolute prohibition to receive
+works of any other kind adapted for literary occupation.
+
+This imperial gift of ascetic productions arrived in 1825 by a
+Dalmatian Confessor, Father Stefano Paulowich, afterwards Bishop of
+Cattaro, who was purposely sent from Vienna. We were indebted to
+him for performing mass, which had been before refused us, on the
+plea that they could not convey us into the church and keep us
+separated into two and two as the imperial law prescribed. To avoid
+such infraction we now went to mass in three groups; one being
+placed upon the tribune of the organ, another under the tribune, so
+as not to be visible, and the third in a small oratory, from which
+was a view into the church through a grating. On this occasion
+Maroncelli and I had for companions six convicts, who had received
+sentence before we came, but no two were allowed to speak to any
+other two in the group. Two of them, I found, had been my
+neighbours in the Piombi at Venice.
+
+We were conducted by the guards to the post assigned us, and then
+brought back after mass in the same manner, each couple into their
+former dungeon. A Capuchin friar came to celebrate mass; the good
+man ended every rite with a "let us pray" for "liberation from
+chains," and "to set the prisoner free," in a voice which trembled
+with emotion.
+
+On leaving the altar he cast a pitying look on each of the three
+groups, and bowed his head sorrowfully in secret prayer.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXXI.
+
+
+
+In 1825 Schiller was pronounced past his service from infirmity and
+old age; though put in guard over some other prisoners, not thought
+to require equal vigilance and care. It was a trying thing to part
+from him, and he felt it as well as we. Kral, a man not inferior to
+him in good disposition, was at first his successor. But he too was
+removed, and we had a jailer of a very harsh and distant manner,
+wholly devoid of emotion, though not intrinsically bad.
+
+I felt grieved; Schiller, Kral, and Kubitzky, but in particular the
+two former, had attended us in our extreme sufferings with the
+affection of a father or a brother. Though incapable of violating
+their trust, they knew how to do their duty without harshness of any
+kind. If there were something hard in the forms, they took the
+sting out of them as much as possible by various ingenious traits
+and turns of a benevolent mind. I was sometimes angry at them, but
+they took all I said in good part. They wished us to feel that they
+had become attached to us; and they rejoiced when we expressed as
+much, and approved of anything they did.
+
+From the time Schiller left us, he was frequently ill; and we
+inquired after him with a sort of filial anxiety. When he
+sufficiently recovered, he was in the habit of coming to walk under
+our windows; we hailed him, and he would look up with a melancholy
+smile, at the same time addressing the sentinels in a voice we could
+overhear: "Da sind meine Sohne! there are my sons."
+
+Poor old man! how sorry I was to see him almost staggering along,
+with the weight of increasing infirmities, so near us, and without
+being enabled to offer him even my arm.
+
+Sometimes he would sit down upon the grass, and read. They were the
+same books he had often lent me. To please me, he would repeat the
+titles to the sentinels, or recite some extract from them, and then
+look up at me, and nod. After several attacks of apoplexy, he was
+conveyed to the military hospital, where in a brief period he died.
+He left some hundreds of florins, the fruit of long savings. These
+he had already lent, indeed, to such of his old military comrades as
+most required them; and when he found his end approaching, he called
+them all to his bedside, and said: "I have no relations left; I
+wish each of you to keep what I have lent you, for my sake. I only
+ask that you will pray for me."
+
+One of these friends had a daughter of about eighteen, and who was
+Schiller's god-daughter. A few hours before his death, the good old
+man sent for her. He could not speak distinctly, but he took a
+silver ring from his finger, and placed it upon hers. He then
+kissed her, and shed tears over her. The poor girl sobbed as if her
+heart would break, for she was tenderly attached to him. He took a
+handkerchief, and, as if trying to soothe her, he dried her eyes.
+Lastly, he took hold of her hands, and placed them upon his eyes;
+and those eyes were closed for ever.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXXII.
+
+
+
+All human consolations were one by one fast deserting us, and our
+sufferings still increased. I resigned myself to the will of God,
+but my spirit groaned. It seemed as if my mind, instead of becoming
+inured to evil, grew more keenly susceptible of pain. One day there
+was secretly brought to me a page of the Augsburgh Gazette, in which
+I found the strangest assertions respecting myself on occasion of
+mention being made of one of my sisters retiring into a nunnery. It
+stated as follows:- "The Signora Maria Angiola Pellico, daughter,
+&c., took the veil (on such a day) in the monastery of the
+Visitazione at Turin, &c. This lady is sister to the author of
+Francesca da Rimini, Silvio Pellico, who was recently liberated from
+the fortress of Spielberg, being pardoned by his Majesty, the
+emperor--a trait of clemency worthy of so magnanimous a sovereign,
+and a subject of gratulation to the whole of Italy, inasmuch as,"
+&c., &c.
+
+And here followed some eulogiums which I omit. I could not conceive
+for what reason the hoax relating to the gracious pardon had been
+invented. It seemed hardly probable it could be a mere freak of the
+editor's; and was it then intended as some stroke of oblique German
+policy? Who knows! However this may be, the names of Maria Angiola
+were precisely those of my younger sister, and doubtless they must
+have been copied from the Turin Gazette into other papers. Had that
+excellent girl, then, really become a nun? Had she taken this step
+in consequence of the loss of her parents? Poor Maria! she would
+not permit me alone to suffer the deprivations of a prison; she too
+would seclude herself from the world. May God grant her patience
+and self-denial, far beyond what I have evinced; for often I know
+will that angel, in her solitary cell, turn her thoughts and her
+prayers towards me. Alas, it may be, she will impose on herself
+some rigid penance, in the hope that God may alleviate the
+sufferings of her brother! These reflections agitated me greatly,
+and my heart bled. Most likely my own misfortunes had helped to
+shorten the days both of my father and my mother; for, were they
+living, it would be hardly possible that my Marietta would have
+deserted our parental roof. At length the idea oppressed me with
+the weight of absolute certainty, and I fell into a wretched and
+agonised state of mind. Maroncelli was no less affected than
+myself. The next day he composed a beautiful elegy upon "the sister
+of the prisoner." When he had completed it, he read it to me. How
+grateful was I for such a proof of his affection for me! Among the
+infinite number of poems which had been written upon similar
+subjects, not one, probably, had been composed in prison, for the
+brother of the nun, and by his companion in captivity and chains.
+What a field for pathetic and religious ideas was here, and
+Maroncelli filled his lyre with wild and pathetic tones, which drew
+delicious tears from my eyes.
+
+It was thus friendship sweetened all my woes. Seldom from that day
+did I forget to turn my thoughts long and fondly to some sacred
+asylum of virgin hearts, and that one beloved form did not rise
+before my fancy, dressed in all that human piety and love can
+picture in a brother's heart. Often did I beseech Heaven to throw a
+charm round her religious solitude, and not permit that her
+imagination should paint in too horrible colours the sufferings of
+the sick and weary captive.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXXIII.
+
+
+
+The reader must not suppose from the circumstance of my seeing the
+Gazette, that I was in the habit of hearing news, or could obtain
+any. No! though all the agents employed around me were kind, the
+system was such as to inspire the utmost terror. If there occurred
+the least clandestine proceeding, it was only when the danger was
+not felt--when not the least risk appeared. The extreme rareness of
+any such occurrences may be gathered from what has been stated
+respecting the ordinary and extraordinary searches which took place,
+morning, noon, and night, through every corner of our dungeons.
+
+I had never a single opportunity of receiving any notice, however
+slight, regarding my family, even by secret means, beyond the
+allusions in the Gazette to my sister and myself. The fears I
+entertained lest my dear parents no longer survived were greatly
+augmented, soon after, by the manner in which the police director
+came to inform me that my relatives were well.
+
+"His Majesty the Emperor," he said, "commands me to communicate to
+you good tidings of your relations at Turin."
+
+I could not express my pleasure and my surprise at this unexpected
+circumstance; but I soon put a variety of questions to him as to
+their health: "Left you my parents, brothers, and sisters, at
+Turin? are they alive? if you have any letter from them pray let me
+have it."
+
+"I can show you nothing. You must be satisfied. It is a mark of
+the Emperor's clemency to let you know even so much. The same
+favour is not shown to every one."
+
+"I grant it is a proof of the Emperor's kindness; but you will allow
+it to be impossible for me to derive the least consolation from
+information like this. Which of my relations are well? have I lost
+no one?"
+
+"I am sorry, sir, that I cannot state more than I have been
+directed." And he retired.
+
+It must assuredly have been intended to console me by this
+indefinite allusion to my family. I felt persuaded that the Emperor
+had yielded to the earnest petition of some of my relatives to
+permit me to hear tidings of them, and that I was permitted to
+receive no letter in order to remain in the dark as to which of my
+dear family were now no more. I was the more confirmed in this
+supposition from the fact of receiving a similar communication a few
+months subsequently; but there was no letter, no further news.
+
+It was soon perceived that so far from having been productive of
+satisfaction to me, such meagre tidings had thrown me into still
+deeper affliction, and I heard no more of my beloved family. The
+continual suspense, the distracting idea that my parents were dead,
+that my brothers also might be no more, that my sister Giuseppina
+was gone, and that Marietta was the sole survivor, and that in the
+agony of her sorrow she had thrown herself into a convent, there to
+close her unhappy days, still haunted my imagination, and completely
+alienated me from life.
+
+Not unfrequently I had fresh attacks of the terrible disorders under
+which I had before suffered, with those of a still more painful
+kind, such as violent spasms of the stomach, exactly like cholera
+morbus, from the effects of which I hourly expected to die. Yes!
+and I fervently hoped and prayed that all might soon be over.
+
+At the same time, nevertheless, whenever I cast a pitying glance at
+my no less weak and unfortunate companion--such is the strange
+contradiction of our nature--I felt my heart inly bleed at the idea
+of leaving him, a solitary prisoner, in such an abode; and again I
+wished to live.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXXIV.
+
+
+
+Thrice, during my incarceration at Spielberg, there arrived persons
+of high rank to inspect the dungeons, and ascertain that there was
+no abuse of discipline. The first visitor was the Baron Von Munch,
+who, struck with compassion on seeing us so sadly deprived of light
+and air, declared that he would petition in our favour, to have a
+lantern placed over the outside of the pane in our dungeon doors,
+through which the sentinels could at any moment perceive us. His
+visit took place in 1825, and a year afterwards his humane
+suggestion was put in force. By this sepulchral light we could just
+catch a view of the walls, and prevent our knocking our heads in
+trying to walk. The second visit was that of the Baron Von Vogel.
+He found me in a lamentable state of health; and learning that the
+physician had declared that coffee would be very good for me, and
+that I could not obtain it, as being too great a luxury, he
+interested himself for me, and my old, delightful beverage, was
+ordered to be brought me. The third visit was from a lord of the
+court, with whose name I am not acquainted, between fifty and sixty
+years of age, and who, by his manners as well as his words,
+testified the sincerest compassion for us; at the same time
+lamenting that he could do nothing for us. Still, the expression of
+his sympathy--for he was really affected--was something, and we were
+grateful for it.
+
+How strange, how irresistible, is the desire of the solitary
+prisoner to behold some one of his own species! It amounts almost
+to a sort of instinct, as if in order to avoid insanity, and its
+usual consequence, the tendency to self-destruction. The Christian
+religion, so abounding in views of humanity, forgets not to
+enumerate amongst its works of mercy the visiting of the prisoner.
+The mere aspect of man, his look of commiseration, and his
+willingness, as it were, to share with you, and bear a part of your
+heavy burden, even when you know he cannot relieve you, has
+something that sweetens your bitter cup.
+
+Perfect solitude is doubtless of advantage to some minds, but far
+more so if not carried to an extreme, and relieved by some little
+intercourse with society. Such at least is my constitution. If I
+do not behold my fellow-men, my affections become restricted to too
+confined a circle, and I begin to dislike all others; while, if I
+continue in communication with an ordinary number, I learn to regard
+the whole of mankind with affection.
+
+Innumerable times, I am sorry to confess, I have been so exclusively
+occupied with a few, and so averse to the many, as to be almost
+terrified at the feelings I experienced. I would then approach the
+window, desirous of catching some new features, and thought myself
+happy when the sentinel passed not too closely to the wall, if I got
+a single glance of him, or if he lifted up his head upon hearing me
+cough--more especially if he had a good-natured countenance; when he
+showed the least feeling of pity, I felt a singular emotion of
+pleasure, as if that unknown soldier had been one of my intimate
+friends.
+
+If, the next time, he passed by in a manner that prevented my seeing
+him, or took no notice of me, I felt as much mortified as some poor
+lover, when he finds that the beloved object wholly neglects him.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXXV.
+
+
+
+In the adjoining prison, once occupied by Oroboni, D. Marco Fortini
+and Antonio Villa were now confined. The latter, once as strong as
+Hercules, was nearly famished the first year, and when a better
+allowance was granted he had wholly lost the power of digestion. He
+lingered a long time, and when reduced almost to the last extremity,
+he was removed into a somewhat more airy prison. The pestilential
+atmosphere of these narrow receptacles, so much resembling real
+tombs, was doubtless very injurious to others as well as to him.
+But the remedy sought for was too late or insufficient to remove the
+cause of his sufferings. He had scarcely been a month in this
+spacious prison, when, in consequence of bursting several blood-
+vessels, and his previously broken health, he died.
+
+He was attended by his fellow-prisoner, D. Fortini, and by the Abate
+Paulowich, who hastened from Vienna upon hearing that he was dying.
+Although I had not been on the same intimate terms with him as with
+Count Oroboni, his death a good deal affected me. He had parents
+and a wife, all most tenderly attached to him. HE, indeed, was more
+to be envied than regretted; but, alas, for the unhappy survivors to
+whom he was everything! He had, moreover, been my neighbour when
+under the Piombi. Tremerello had brought me several of his poetical
+pieces, and had conveyed to him some lines from me in return. There
+was sometimes a depth of sentiment and pathos in his poems which
+interested me. I seemed to become still more attached to him after
+he was gone; learning, as I did from the guards, how dreadfully he
+had suffered. It was with difficulty, though truly religious, that
+he could resign himself to die. He experienced to the utmost the
+horror of that final step, while he blessed the name of the Lord,
+and called upon His name with tears streaming from his eyes.
+"Alas," he said, "I cannot conform my will unto thine, yet how
+willingly would I do it; do thou work this happy change in me!" He
+did not possess the same courage as Oroboni, but followed his
+example in forgiving all his enemies.
+
+At the close of the year (1826) we one evening heard a suppressed
+noise in the gallery, as if persons were stealing along. Our
+hearing had become amazingly acute in distinguishing different kinds
+of noises. A door was opened; and we knew it to be that of the
+advocate Solera. Another! it was that of Fortini! There followed a
+whispering, but we could tell the voice of the police director,
+suppressed as it was. What could it be? a search at so late an
+hour! and for what reason?
+
+In a brief space, we heard steps again in the gallery; and ah! more
+plainly we recognised the voice of our excellent Fortini:
+"Unfortunate as I am! excuse it? go out! I have forgotten a volume
+of my breviary!" And we then heard him run back to fetch the book
+mentioned, and rejoin the police. The door of the staircase opened,
+and we heard them go down. In the midst of our alarm we learnt that
+our two good friends had just received a pardon; and although we
+regretted we could not follow them, we rejoiced in their unexpected
+good fortune.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXXVI.
+
+
+
+The liberation of our two companions brought no alteration in the
+discipline observed towards us. Why, we asked ourselves, were they
+set at liberty, condemned as they had been, like us, the one to
+twenty, the other to fifteen years' imprisonment, while no sort of
+favour was shown to the rest?
+
+Were the suspicions against those who were still consigned to
+captivity more strong, or did the disposition to pardon the whole,
+at brief intervals of time, and two together, really exist? We
+continued in suspense for some time. Upwards of three months
+elapsed, and we heard of no fresh instances of pardon. Towards the
+end of 1827, we considered that December might be fixed on as the
+anniversary of some new liberations; but the month expired, and
+nothing of the kind occurred.
+
+Still we indulged the expectation until the summer of 1828, when I
+had gone through seven years and a half of my punishment--
+equivalent, according to the Emperor's declaration, to the fifteen,
+if the infliction of it were to be dated from the term of my arrest.
+If, on the other hand, it were to be calculated, not from the period
+of my trial, as was most probable, but from that of the publication
+of my sentence, the seven years and a half would only be completed
+in 1829.
+
+Yet all these periods passed over, and there was no appearance of a
+remittance of punishment. Meantime, even before the liberation of
+Solera and Fortini, Maroncelli was ill with a bad tumour upon his
+knee. At first the pain was not great, and he only limped as he
+walked. It then grew very irksome to him to bear his irons, and he
+rarely went out to walk. One autumnal morning he was desirous of
+breathing the fresh air; there was a fall of snow, and unfortunately
+in walking his leg failed him, and he came to the ground. This
+accident was followed by acute pain in his knee. He was carried to
+his bed; for he was no longer able to remain in an upright position.
+When the physician came, he ordered his irons to be taken off; but
+the swelling increased to an enormous size, and became more painful
+every day. Such at length were the sufferings of my unhappy friend,
+that he could obtain no rest either in bed or out of it. When
+compelled to move about, to rise or to lie down, it was necessary to
+take hold of the bad leg and carry it as he went with the utmost
+care; and the most trifling motion brought on the most severe pangs.
+Leaches, baths, caustics, and fomentations of different kinds, were
+all found ineffectual, and seemed only to aggravate his torments.
+After the use of caustics, suppuration followed; the tumour broke
+out into wounds, but even these failed to bring relief to the
+suffering patient.
+
+Maroncelli was thus far more unfortunate than myself, although my
+sympathy for him caused me real pain and suffering, I was glad,
+however, to be near him, to attend to all his wants, and to perform
+all the duties of a brother and a friend. It soon became evident
+that his leg would never heal: he considered his death as near at
+hand, and yet he lost nothing of his admirable calmness or his
+courage. The sight of his sufferings at last was almost more than I
+could bear.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXXVII.
+
+
+
+Still, in this deplorable condition, he continued to compose verses,
+he sang, and he conversed; and all this he did to encourage me, by
+disguising from me a part of what he suffered. He lost his powers
+of digestion, he could not sleep, was reduced to a skeleton, and
+very frequently swooned away. Yet the moment he was restored he
+rallied his spirits, and, smiling, bade me be not afraid. It is
+indescribable what he suffered during many months. At length a
+consultation was to be held; the head physician was called in,
+approved of all his colleague had done, and, without expressing a
+decisive opinion, took his leave. A few minutes after, the
+superintendent entered, and addressing Maroncelli,
+
+"The head physician did not venture to express his real opinion in
+your presence; he feared you would not have fortitude to bear so
+terrible an announcement. I have assured him, however, that you are
+possessed of courage."
+
+"I hope," replied Maroncelli, "that I have given some proof of it in
+bearing this dreadful torture without howling out. Is there
+anything he would propose?"
+
+"Yes, sir, the amputation of the limb: only perceiving how much
+your constitution is broken down, he hesitates to advise you. Weak
+as you are, could you support the operation? will you run the risk--
+"
+
+"Of dying? and shall I not equally die if I go on, without ending
+this diabolical torture?"
+
+"We will send off an account, then, direct to Vienna, soliciting
+permission, and the moment it comes you shall have your leg cut
+off."
+
+"What! does it require a PERMIT for this?"
+
+"Assuredly, sir," was the reply.
+
+In about a week a courier arrived from Vienna with the expected
+news.
+
+My sick friend was carried from his dungeon into a larger room, for
+permission to have his leg cut off had just arrived. He begged me
+to follow him: "I may die under the knife, and I should wish, in
+that case, to expire in your arms." I promised, and was permitted
+to accompany him. The sacrament was first administered to the
+unhappy prisoner, and we then quietly awaited the arrival of the
+surgeons. Maroncelli filled up the interval by singing a hymn. At
+length they came; one was an able surgeon, to superintend the
+operation, from Vienna; but it was the privilege of our ordinary
+prison apothecary, and he would not yield to the man of science, who
+must be contented to look on. The patient was placed on the side of
+a couch; with his leg down, while I supported him in my arms. It
+was to be cut above the knee; first, an incision was made, the depth
+of an inch--then through the muscles--and the blood flowed in
+torrents: the arteries were next taken up with ligatures, one by
+one. Next came the saw. This lasted some time, but Maroncelli
+never uttered a cry. When he saw them carrying his leg away, he
+cast on it one melancholy look, then turning towards the surgeon, he
+said, "You have freed me from an enemy, and I have no money to give
+you." He saw a rose, in a glass, placed in a window: "May I beg of
+you to bring me hither that flower?" I brought it to him; and he
+then offered it to the surgeon with an indescribable air of good-
+nature: "See, I have nothing else to give you in token of my
+gratitude." He took it as it was meant, and even wiped away a tear.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXXVIII.
+
+
+
+The surgeons had supposed that the hospital of Spielberg would
+provide all that was requisite except the instruments, which they
+brought with them. But after the amputation, it was found that a
+number of things were wanting; such as linen, ice, bandages, &c. My
+poor friend was thus compelled to wait two hours before these
+articles were brought from the city. At length he was laid upon his
+bed, and the ice applied to the trunk of the bleeding thigh. Next
+day it was dressed; but the patient was allowed to take no
+nourishment beyond a little broth, with an egg. When the risk of
+fever was over, he was permitted the use of restoratives; and an
+order from the Emperor directed that he should be supplied from the
+table of the superintendent till he was better.
+
+The cure was completed in about forty days, after which we were
+conducted into our dungeon. This had been enlarged for us; that is,
+an opening was made in the wall so as to unite our old den to that
+once occupied by Oroboni, and subsequently by Villa. I placed my
+bed exactly in the same spot where Oroboni had died, and derived a
+mournful pleasure from thus approaching my friend, as it were, as
+nearly as possible. It appeared as if his spirit still hovered
+round me, and consoled me with manifestations of more than earthly
+love.
+
+The horrible sight of Maroncelli's sufferings, both before and
+subsequently to the amputation of his leg, had done much to
+strengthen my mind. During the whole period, my health had enabled
+me to attend upon him, and I was grateful to God; but from the
+moment my friend assumed his crutches, and could supply his own
+wants, I began daily to decline. I suffered extremely from
+glandular swellings, and those were followed by pains of the chest,
+more oppressive than I had before experienced, attended with
+dizziness and spasmodic dysentery. "It is my turn now," thought I;
+"shall I show less patience than my companion?"
+
+Every condition of life has its duties; and those of the sick
+consist of patience, courage, and continual efforts to appear not
+unamiable to the persons who surround them. Maroncelli, on his
+crutches, no longer possessed the same activity, and was fearful of
+not doing everything for me of which I stood in need. It was in
+fact the case, but I did all to prevent his being made sensible of
+it. Even when he had recovered his strength he laboured under many
+inconveniences. He complained, like most others after a similar
+operation, of acute pains in the nerves, and imagined that the part
+removed was still with him. Sometimes it was the toe, sometimes the
+leg, and at others the knee of the amputated limb which caused him
+to cry out. The bone, moreover, had been badly sawed, and pushed
+through the newly-formed flesh, producing frequent wounds. It
+required more than a year to bring the stump to a good state, when
+at length it hardened and broke out no more.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER LXXXIX.
+
+
+
+New evils, however, soon assailed my unhappy friend. One of the
+arteries, beginning at the joints of the hand, began to pain him,
+extending to other parts of his body; and then turned into a
+scorbutic sore. His whole person became covered with livid spots,
+presenting a frightful spectacle. I tried to reconcile myself to
+it, by considering that since it appeared we were to die here, it
+was better that one of us should be seized with the scurvy; it is a
+contagious disease, and must carry us off either together, or at a
+short interval from each other. We both prepared ourselves for
+death, and were perfectly tranquil. Nine years' imprisonment, and
+the grievous sufferings we had undergone, had at length familiarised
+us to the idea of the dissolution of two bodies so totally broken
+and in need of peace. It was time the scene should close, and we
+confided in the goodness of God, that we should be reunited in a
+place where the passions of men should cease, and where, we prayed,
+in spirit and in truth, that those who DID NOT LOVE US might meet us
+in peace, in a kingdom where only one Master, the supreme King of
+kings, reigned for evermore.
+
+This malignant distemper had destroyed numbers of prisoners during
+the preceding years. The governor, upon learning that Maroncelli
+had been attacked by it, agreed with the physician, that the sole
+hope of remedy was in the fresh air. They were afraid of its
+spreading; and Maroncelli was ordered to be as little as possible
+within his dungeon. Being his companion, and also unwell, I was
+permitted the same privilege. We were permitted to be in the open
+air the whole time the other prisoners were absent from the walk,
+during two hours early in the morning, during the dinner, if we
+preferred it, and three hours in the evening, even after sunset.
+
+There was one other unhappy patient, about seventy years of age, and
+in extremely bad health, who was permitted to bear us company. His
+name was Constantino Munari; he was of an amiable disposition,
+greatly attached to literature and philosophy, and agreeable in
+conversation.
+
+Calculating my imprisonment, not from my arrest, but from the period
+of receiving my sentence, I had been seven years and a half (in the
+year 1829), according to the imperial decree, in different dungeons;
+and about nine from the day of my arrest. But this term, like the
+other, passed over, and there was no sign of remitting my
+punishment.
+
+Up to the half of the whole term, my friend Maroncelli, Munari, and
+I had indulged the idea of a possibility of seeing once more our
+native land and our relations; and we frequently conversed with the
+warmest hopes and feelings upon the subject. August, September, and
+the whole of that year elapsed, and then we began to despair;
+nothing remained to relieve our destiny but our unaltered attachment
+for each other, and the support of religion, to enable us to close
+our latter prison hours with becoming dignity and resignation. It
+was then we felt the full value of friendship and religion, which
+threw a charm even over the darkness of our lot. Human hopes and
+promises had failed us; but God never forsakes the mourners and the
+captives who truly love and fear Him.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XC.
+
+
+
+After the death of Villa, the Abate Wrba was appointed our
+confessor, on occasion of the Abate Paulowich receiving a bishopric.
+He was a Moravian, professor of the gospel at Brunn, and an able
+pupil of the Sublime Institute of Vienna. This was founded by the
+celebrated Frinl, then chaplain to the court. The members of the
+congregation are all priests, who, though already masters of
+theology, prosecute their studies under the Institution with the
+severest discipline. The views of the founder were admirable, being
+directed to the continual and general dissemination of true and
+profound science, among the Catholic clergy of Germany. His plans
+were for the most part successful, and are yet in extensive
+operation.
+
+Being resident at Brunn, Wrba could devote more of his time to our
+society than Paulowich. He was a second father Battista, with the
+exception that he was not permitted to lend us any books. We held
+long discussions, from which I reaped great advantage, and real
+consolation. He was taken ill in 1829, and being subsequently
+called to other duties, he was unable to visit us more. We were
+much hurt, but we obtained as his successor the Abate Ziak, another
+learned and worthy divine. Indeed, among the whole German
+ecclesiastics we met with, not one showed the least disposition to
+pry into our political sentiments; not one but was worthy of the
+holy task he had undertaken, and imbued at once with the most
+edifying faith and enlarged wisdom.
+
+They were all highly respectable, and inspired us with respect for
+the general Catholic clergy.
+
+The Abate Ziak, both by precept and example, taught me to support my
+sufferings with calmness and resignation. He was afflicted with
+continual defluxions in his teeth, his throat, and his ears, and
+was, nevertheless, always calm and cheerful.
+
+Maroncelli derived great benefit from exercise and open air; the
+eruptions, by degrees, disappeared; and both Munari and myself
+experienced equal advantage.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XCI.
+
+
+
+It was the first of August, 1830. Ten years had elapsed since I was
+deprived of my liberty: for eight years and a half I had been
+subjected to hard imprisonment. It was Sunday, and, as on other
+holidays, we went to our accustomed station, whence we had a view
+from the wall of the valley and the cemetery below, where Oroboni
+and Villa now reposed. We conversed upon the subject, and the
+probability of our soon sharing their untroubled sleep. We had
+seated ourselves upon our accustomed bench, and watched the unhappy
+prisoners as they came forth and passed to hear mass, which was
+performed before our own. They were women, and were conducted into
+the same little chapel to which we resorted at the second mass.
+
+It is customary with the Germans to sing hymns aloud during the
+celebration of mass. As the Austrian empire is composed partly of
+Germans and partly of Sclavonians, and the greater part of the
+prisoners at Spielberg consist of one or other of these people, the
+hymns are alternately sung in the German and the Sclavonian
+languages. Every festival, two sermons are preached, and the same
+division observed. It was truly delightful to us to hear the
+singing of the hymns, and the music of the organ which accompanied
+it. The voices of some of these women touched us to the heart.
+Unhappy ones! some of them were very young; whom love, or jealousy,
+or bad example, had betrayed into crime. I often think I can still
+hear their fervidly devotional hymn of the sanctus--Heilig! heilig!
+heilig!--Holy of holies; and the tears would start into my eyes. At
+ten o'clock the women used to withdraw, and we entered to hear mass.
+There I saw those of my companions in misfortune, who listened to
+the service from the tribune of the organ, and from whom we were
+separated only by a single grate, whose pale features and emaciated
+bodies, scarcely capable of dragging their irons, bore witness to
+their woes.
+
+After mass we were conveyed back to our dungeons. About a quarter
+of an hour afterwards we partook of dinner. We were preparing our
+table, which consisted in putting a thin board upon a wooden target,
+and taking up our wooden spoons, when Signor Wagrath, the
+superintendent, entered our prison. "I am sorry to disturb you at
+dinner; but have the goodness to follow me; the Director of Police
+is waiting for us." As he was accustomed to come near us only for
+purposes of examination and search, we accompanied the
+superintendent to the audience room in no very good humour. There
+we found the Director of Police and the superintendent, the first of
+whom moved to us with rather more politeness than usual. He took
+out a letter, and stated in a hesitating, slow tone of voice, as if
+afraid of surprising us too greatly: "Gentlemen, . . . I have . . .
+the pleasure . . . the honour, I mean . . . of . . . of acquainting
+you that his Majesty the Emperor has granted you a further favour."
+Still he hesitated to inform us what this favour was; and we
+conjectured it must be some slight alleviation, some exemption from
+irksome labour,--to have a book, or, perhaps, less disagreeable
+diet. "Don't you understand?" he inquired. "No, sir!" was our
+reply; "have the goodness, if permitted, to explain yourself more
+fully."
+
+"Then hear it! it is liberty for your two selves, and a third, who
+will shortly bear you company."
+
+One would imagine that such an announcement would have thrown us
+into ecstasies of joy. We were so soon to see our parents, of whom
+we had not heard for so long a period; but the doubt that they were
+no longer in existence, was sufficient not only to moderate--it did
+not permit us to hail, the joys of liberty as we should have done.
+
+"Are you dumb?" asked the director; "I thought to see you exulting
+at the news."
+
+"May I beg you," replied I, "to make known to the Emperor our
+sentiments of gratitude; but if we are not favoured with some
+account of our families, it is impossible not to indulge in the
+greatest fear and anxiety. It is this consciousness which destroys
+the zest of all our joy."
+
+He then gave Maroncelli a letter from his brother, which greatly
+consoled him. But he told me there was no account of my family,
+which made me the more fear that some calamity had befallen them.
+
+"Now, retire to your apartments, and I will send you a third
+companion, who has received pardon."
+
+We went, and awaited his arrival anxiously; wishing that all had
+alike been admitted to the same act of grace, instead of that single
+one. Was it poor old Munari? was it such, or such a one? Thus we
+went on guessing at every one we knew; when suddenly the door
+opened, and Signor Andrea Torrelli, of Brescia, made his appearance.
+We embraced him; and we could eat no more dinner that day. We
+conversed till towards evening, chiefly regretting the lot of the
+unhappy friends whom we were leaving behind us.
+
+After sunset, the Director of Police returned to escort us from our
+wretched prison house. Our hearts, however, bled within us, as we
+were passing by the dungeons of so many of our countrymen whom we
+loved, and yet, alas, not to have them to share our liberty! Heaven
+knows how long they would be left to linger here! to become the
+gradual, but certain, prey of death.
+
+We were each of us enveloped in a military great-coat, with a cap;
+and then, dressed as we were in our jail costume, but freed from our
+chains, we descended the funereal mount, and were conducted through
+the city into the police prisons.
+
+It was a beautiful moonlight night. The roads, the houses, the
+people whom we met--every object appeared so strange, and yet so
+delightful, after the many years during which I had been debarred
+from beholding any similar spectacle!
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XCII.
+
+
+
+We remained at the police prisons, awaiting the arrival of the
+imperial commissioner from Vienna, who was to accompany us to the
+confines of Italy. Meantime, we were engaged in providing ourselves
+with linen and trunks, our own having all been sold, and defraying
+our prison expenses.
+
+Five days afterwards, the commissary was announced, and the director
+consigned us over to him, delivering, at the same time, the money
+which we had brought with us to Spielberg, and the amount derived
+from the sale of our trunks and books, both which were restored to
+us on reaching our destination.
+
+The expense of our journey was defrayed by the Emperor, and in a
+liberal manner. The commissary was Herr Von Noe, a gentleman
+employed in the office of the minister of police. The charge could
+not have been intrusted to a person every way more competent, as
+well from education as from habit; and he treated us with the
+greatest respect.
+
+I left Brunn, labouring under extreme difficulty of breathing; and
+the motion of the carriage increased it to such a degree, that it
+was expected I should hardly survive during the evening. I was in a
+high fever the whole of the night; and the commissary was doubtful
+whether I should be able to continue my journey even as far as
+Vienna. I begged to go on; and we did so, but my sufferings were
+excessive. I could neither eat, drink, nor sleep.
+
+I reached Vienna more dead than alive. We were well accommodated at
+the general directory of police. I was placed in bed, a physician
+called in, and after being bled, I found myself sensibly relieved.
+By means of strict diet, and the use of digitalis, I recovered in
+about eight days. My physician's name was Singer; and he devoted
+the most friendly attentions to me.
+
+I had become extremely anxious to set out; the more so from an
+account of the THREE DAYS having arrived from Paris. The Emperor
+had fixed the day of our liberation exactly on that when the
+revolution burst forth; and surely he would not now revoke it. Yet
+the thing was not improbable; a critical period appeared to be at
+hand, popular commotions were apprehended in Italy, and though we
+could not imagine we should be remanded to Spielberg, should we be
+permitted to return to our native country?
+
+I affected to be stronger than I really was, and entreated we might
+be allowed to resume our journey. It was my wish, meantime, to be
+presented to his Excellency the Count Pralormo, envoy from Turin to
+the Austrian Court, to whom I was aware how much I had been
+indebted. He had left no means untried to procure my liberation;
+but the rule that we were to hold no communication with any one
+admitted of no exception. When sufficiently convalescent, a
+carriage was politely ordered for me, in which I might take an
+airing in the city; but accompanied by the commissary, and no other
+company. We went to see the noble church of St. Stephen, the
+delightful walks in the environs, the neighbouring Villa
+Lichtenstein, and lastly the imperial residence of Schoenbrunn.
+
+While proceeding through the magnificent walks in the gardens, the
+Emperor approached, and the commissary hastily made us retire, lest
+the sight of our emaciated persons should give him pain.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XCIII.
+
+
+
+We at length took our departure from Vienna, and I was enabled to
+reach Bruck. There my asthma returned with redoubled violence. A
+physician was called--Herr Judmann, a man of pleasing manners. He
+bled me, ordered me to keep my bed, and to continue the digitalis.
+At the end of two days I renewed my solicitations to continue our
+journey.
+
+We proceeded through Austria and Stiria, and entered Carinthia
+without any accident; but on our arrival at the village of
+Feldkirchen, a little way from Klagenfurt, we were overtaken by a
+counter order from Vienna. We were to stop till we received farther
+directions. I leave the reader to imagine what our feelings must
+have been on this occasion. I had, moreover, the pain to reflect,
+that it would be owing to my illness if my two friends should now be
+prevented from reaching their native land. We remained five days at
+Feldkirchen, where the commissary did all in his power to keep up
+our spirits. He took us to the theatre to see a comedy, and
+permitted us one day to enjoy the chase. Our host and several young
+men of the country, along with the proprietor of a fine forest, were
+the hunters, and we were brought into a station favourable for
+commanding a view of the sports.
+
+At length there arrived a courier from Vienna, with a fresh order
+for the commissary to resume his journey with us to the place first
+appointed. We congratulated each other, but my anxiety was still
+great, as I approached the hour when my hopes or fears respecting my
+family would be verified. How many of my relatives and friends
+might have disappeared during my ten years' absence!
+
+The entrance into Italy on that side is not pleasing to the eye; you
+descend from the noble mountains of Germany into the Italian plains,
+through a long and sterile district, insomuch that travellers who
+have formed a magnificent idea of our country, begin to laugh, and
+imagine they have been purposely deluded with previous accounts of
+La Bella Italia.
+
+The dismal view of that rude district served to make me more
+sorrowful. To see my native sky, to meet human features no more
+belonging to the north, to hear my native tongue from every lip
+affected me exceedingly; and I felt more inclined to tears than to
+exultation. I threw myself back in the carriage, pretending to
+sleep; but covered my face and wept. That night I scarcely closed
+my eyes; my fever was high, my whole soul seemed absorbed in
+offering up vows for my sweet Italy, and grateful prayers to
+Providence for having restored to her her captive son. Then I
+thought of my speedy separation from a companion with whom I had so
+long suffered, and who had given me so many proofs of more than
+fraternal affection, and I tortured my imagination with the idea of
+a thousand disasters which might have befallen my family. Not even
+so many years of captivity had deadened the energy and
+susceptibility of my feelings! but it was a susceptibility only to
+pain and sorrow.
+
+I felt, too, on my return, a strange desire to visit Udine, and the
+lodging-house, where our two generous friends had assumed the
+character of waiters, and secretly stretched out to us the hand of
+friendship. But we passed that town to our left, and passed on our
+way.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XCIV.
+
+
+
+Pordenone, Conegliano, Ospedaletto, Vicenza, Verona, and Mantua,
+were all places which interested my feelings. In the first resided
+one of my friends, an excellent young man, who had survived the
+campaigns of Russia; Conegliano was the district whither, I was told
+by the under-jailers, poor Angiola had been conducted; and in
+Ospedaletto there had married and resided a young lady, who had more
+of the angel than the woman, and who, though now no more, I had
+every reason to remember with the highest respect. The whole of
+these places, in short, revived recollections more or less dear; and
+Mantua more than any other city. It appeared only yesterday that I
+had come with Lodovico in 1815, and paid another visit with Count
+Porro in 1820. The same roads, the same squares, the same palaces,
+and yet such a change in all social relations! So many of my
+connections snatched away for ever--so many exiled--one generation,
+I had beheld when infants, started up into manhood. Yet how painful
+not to be allowed to call at a single house, or to accost a single
+person we met.
+
+To complete my misery, Mantua was the point of separation between
+Maroncelli and myself. We passed the night there, both filled with
+forebodings and regret. I felt agitated like a man on the eve of
+receiving his sentence.
+
+The next morning I rose, and washed my face, in order to conceal
+from my friend how much I had given way to grief during the
+preceding night. I looked at myself in the glass, and tried to
+assume a quiet and even cheerful air. I then bent down in prayer,
+though ill able to command my thoughts; and hearing Maroncelli
+already upon his crutches, and speaking to the servant, I hastened
+to embrace him. We had both prepared ourselves, with previous
+exertions, for this closing interview, and we spoke to each other
+firmly, as well as affectionately. The officer appointed to conduct
+us to the borders of Romagna appeared; it was time to set out; we
+hardly knew how to speak another word; we grasped each other's hands
+again and again,--we parted; he mounted into his vehicle, and I felt
+as if I had been annihilated at a blow. I returned into my chamber,
+threw myself upon my knees, and prayed for my poor mutilated friend,
+thus separated from me, with sighs and tears.
+
+I had known several celebrated men, but not one more affectionately
+sociable than Maroncelli; not one better educated in all respects,
+more free from sudden passion or ill-humour, more deeply sensible
+that virtue consists in continued exercises of tolerance, of
+generosity, and good sense. Heaven bless you, my dear companion in
+so many afflictions, and send you new friends who may equal me in my
+affection for you, and surpass me in true goodness.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XCV.
+
+
+
+I set out the same evening for Brescia. There I took leave of my
+other fellow-prisoner, Andrea Torrelli. The unhappy man had just
+heard that he had lost his mother, and the bitterness of his grief
+wrung my heart; yet, agonised as were my feelings from so many
+different causes, I could not help laughing at the following
+incident.
+
+Upon the table of our lodging-house I found the following theatrical
+announcement:- Francesca da Rimini; Opera da Musica, &c. "Whose
+work is this?" I inquired of the waiter.
+
+"Who versified it, and composed the music, I cannot tell, but it is
+the Francesca da Rimini which everybody knows."
+
+"Everybody! you must be wrong there. I come from Germany, yet what
+do I know of your Francescas?" The waiter was a young man with
+rather a satirical cast of face, quite Brescian; and he looked at me
+with a contemptuous sort of pity. "What should you know, indeed, of
+our Francescas? why, no, sir, it is only ONE we speak of--Francesca
+des Rimini, to be sure, sir; I mean the tragedy of Signor Silvio
+Pellico. They have here turned it into an opera, spoiling it a
+little, no doubt, but still it is always Pellico."
+
+"Ah, Silvio Pellico! I think I have heard his name. Is it not that
+same evil-minded conspirator who was condemned to death, and his
+sentence was changed to hard imprisonment, some eight or ten years
+ago?"
+
+I should never have hazarded such a jest. He looked round him,
+fixed his eyes on me, showed a fine set of teeth, with no amiable
+intention; and I believe he would have knocked me down, had he not
+heard a noise close by us.
+
+He went away muttering: "Ill-minded conspirator, indeed!" But
+before I left, he had found me out. He was half out of his wits; he
+could neither question, nor answer, nor write, nor walk, nor wait.
+He had his eyes continually upon me, he rubbed his hands, and
+addressing himself to every one near him; "Sior si, Sior si; Yes,
+sir! Yes, sir!" he kept stammering out, "coming! coming!"
+
+Two days afterwards, on the 9th of September, I arrived with the
+commissary at Milan. On approaching the city, on seeing the cupola
+of the cathedral, in repassing the walk by Loretto, so well known,
+and so dear, on recognising the corso, the buildings, churches, and
+public places of every kind, what were my mingled feelings of
+pleasure and regret! I felt an intense desire to stop, and embrace
+once more my beloved friends. I reflected with bitter grief on
+those, whom, instead of meeting here, I had left in the horrible
+abode of Spielberg,--on those who were wandering in strange lands,--
+on those who were no more. I thought, too, with gratitude upon the
+affection shown me by the people; their indignation against all
+those who had calumniated me, while they had uniformly been the
+objects of my benevolence and esteem.
+
+We went to take up our quarters at the Bella Venezia. It was here I
+had so often been present at our social meetings; here I had called
+upon so many distinguished foreigners; here a respectable, elderly
+Signora invited me in vain to follow her into Tuscany, foreseeing,
+she said, the misfortunes that would befall me if I remained at
+Milan. What affecting recollections! How rapidly past times came
+thronging over my memory, fraught with joy and grief!
+
+The waiters at the hotel soon discovered who I was. The report
+spread, and towards evening a number of persons stopped in the
+square, and looked up at the windows. One, whose name I did not
+know, appeared to recognise me, and raising both his arms, made a
+sign of embracing me, as a welcome back to Italy.
+
+And where were the sons of Porro; I may say my own sons? Why did I
+not see them there?
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XCVI.
+
+
+
+The commissary conducted me to the police, in order to present me to
+the director. What were my sensations upon recognising the house!
+it was my first prison. It was then I thought with pain of
+Melchiorre Gioja, on the rapid steps with which I had seen him
+pacing within those narrow walls, or sitting at his little table,
+recording his noble thoughts, or making signals to me; and his last
+look of sorrow, when forbidden longer to communicate with me. I
+pictured to myself his solitary grave, unknown to all who had so
+ardently loved him, and, while invoking peace to his gentle spirit,
+I wept.
+
+Here, too, I called to mind the little dumb boy, the pathetic tones
+of Maddalene, my strange emotions of compassion for her, my
+neighbours the robbers, the assumed Louis XVII., and the poor
+prisoner who had carried the fatal letter, and whose cries under the
+infliction of the bastinado, had reached me.
+
+These and other recollections appeared with all the vividness of
+some horrible dream; but most of all, I felt those two visits which
+my father had made me ten years before, when I last saw him. How
+the good old man had deceived himself in the expectation that I
+should so soon rejoin him at Turin! Could he then have borne the
+idea of a son's ten years' captivity, and in such a prison? But
+when these flattering hopes vanished, did he, and did my mother bear
+up against so unexpected a calamity? was I ever to see them again in
+this world? Had one, or which of them, died during the cruel
+interval that ensued?
+
+Such was the suspense, the distracting doubt which yet clung to me.
+I was about to knock at the door of my home without knowing if they
+were in existence, or what other members of my beloved family were
+left me.
+
+The director of police received me in a friendly manner. He
+permitted me to stay at the Bella Venezia with the imperial
+commissary, though I was not permitted to communicate with any one,
+and for this reason I determined to resume my journey the following
+morning. I obtained an interview, however, with the Piedmontese
+consul, to learn if possible some account of my relatives. I should
+have waited on him, but being attacked with fever, and compelled to
+keep my bed, I sent to beg the favour of his visiting me. He had
+the kindness to come immediately, and I felt truly grateful to him.
+
+He gave me a favourable account of my father, and of my eldest
+brother. Respecting my mother, however, my other brother, and my
+two sisters, I could learn nothing.
+
+Thus in part comforted, I could have wished to prolong the
+conversation with the consul, and he would willingly have gratified
+me had not his duties called him away. After he left me, I was
+extremely affected, but, as had so often happened, no tears came to
+give me relief. The habit of long, internal grief, seemed yet to
+prey upon my heart; to weep would have alleviated the fever which
+consumed me, and distracted my head with pain.
+
+I called to Stundberger for something to drink. That good man was a
+sergeant of police at Vienna, though now filling the office of
+valet-de-chambre to the commissary. But though not old, I perceived
+that his hand trembled in giving me the drink. This circumstance
+reminded me of Schiller, my beloved Schiller, when, on the day of my
+arrival at Spielberg, I ordered him, in an imperious tone, to hand
+me the jug of water, and he obeyed me.
+
+How strange it was! The recollection of this, added to other
+feelings of the kind, struck, as it were, the rock of my heart, and
+tears began to flow.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XCVII.
+
+
+
+The morning of the 10th of September, I took leave of the excellent
+commissary, and set out. We had only been acquainted with each
+other for about a month, and yet he was as friendly as if he had
+known me for years. His noble and upright mind was above all
+artifice, or desire of penetrating the opinions of others, not from
+any want of intelligence, but a love of that dignified simplicity
+which animates all honest men.
+
+It sometimes happened during our journey that I was accosted by some
+one or other when unobserved, in places where we stopped. "Take
+care of that ANGEL KEEPER of yours; if he did not belong to those
+neri (blacks), they would not have put him over you."
+
+"There you are deceived," said I; "I have the greatest reason to
+believe that you are deceived."
+
+"The most cunning," was the reply, "can always contrive to appear
+the most simple."
+
+"If it were so, we ought never to give credit to the least goodness
+in any one."
+
+"Yes, there are certain social stations," he replied, "in which
+men's manners may appear to great advantage by means of education;
+but as to virtue, they have none of it."
+
+I could only answer, "You exaggerate, sir, you exaggerate."
+
+"I am only consistent," he insisted. We were here interrupted, and
+I called to mind the cave a censequentariis of Leibnitz.
+
+Too many are inclined to adopt this false and terrible doctrine. I
+follow the standard A, that is JUSTICE. Another follows standard B;
+it must therefore be that of INJUSTICE, and, consequently, he must
+be a villain!
+
+Give ME none of your logical madness; whatever standard you adopt,
+do not reason so inhumanly. Consider, that by assuming what data
+you please, and proceeding with the most violent stretch of rigour
+from one consequence to another, it is easy for any one to come to
+the conclusion that, "Beyond we four, all the rest of the world
+deserve to be burnt alive." And if we are at the pains of
+investigating a little further, we shall find each of the four
+crying out, "All deserve to be burnt alive together, with the
+exception of I myself."
+
+This vulgar tenet of exclusiveness is in the highest degree
+unphilosophical. A moderate degree of suspicion is wise, but when
+urged to the extreme, it is the opposite.
+
+After the hint thus thrown out to me respecting that angelo custode,
+I turned to study him with greater attention than I had before done;
+and each day served to convince me more and more of his friendly and
+generous nature.
+
+When an order of society, more or less perfect, has been
+established, whether for better or worse, all the social offices,
+not pronounced by general consent to be infamous, all that are
+adapted to promote the public good, and the confidence of a
+respectable number, and which are filled by men acknowledged to be
+of upright mind, such offices may undeniably be undertaken by honest
+men without incurring any charge of unconscientiousness.
+
+I have read of a Quaker who had a great horror of soldiers. He one
+day saw a soldier throw himself into the Thames, and save the life
+of a fellow-being who was drowning. "I don't care," he exclaimed,
+"I will still be a Quaker, but there are some good fellows, even
+among soldiers."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XCVIII.
+
+
+
+Stundberger accompanied me to my vehicle, into which I got with the
+brigadier of gens d'armes, to whose care I was entrusted. It was
+snowing, and the cold was excessive.
+
+"Wrap yourself well up in your cloak," said Stundberger; "cover your
+head better, and contrive to reach home as little unwell as you can;
+remember, that a very little thing will give you cold just now. I
+wish it had been in my power to go on and attend you as far as
+Turin." He said this in a tone of voice so truly cordial and
+affectionate that I could not doubt its sincerity.
+
+"From this time you will have no German near you," he added; "you
+will no longer hear our language spoken, and little, I dare say,
+will you care for that; the Italians find it very harsh. Besides,
+you have suffered so greatly among us, that most probably you will
+not like to remember us; yet, though you will so soon forget my very
+name, I shall not cease, sir, to offer up prayers for your safety."
+
+"I shall do the same for you," I replied; as I shook his hand for
+the last time.
+
+"Guten morgen! guten morgen! gute raise! leben sie wohl!"--farewell;
+a pleasant journey! good morning he continued to repeat; and the
+sounds were to me as sweat as if they had been pronounced in my
+native tongue.
+
+I am passionately attached to my country, but I do not dislike any
+other nation. Civilisation, wealth, power, glory, are differently
+apportioned among different people; but in all there are minds
+obedient to the great vocation of man,--to love, to pity, and to
+assist each other.
+
+The brigadier who attended me, informed me that he was one of those
+who arrested Confalonieri. He told me how the unhappy man had tried
+to make his escape; how he had been baffled, and how he had been
+torn from the arms of his distracted wife, while they both at the
+same time submitted to the calamity with dignity and resignation.
+
+The horrible narrative increased my fear; a hand of iron seemed to
+be weighing upon my heart. The good man, in his desire of showing
+his sociality, and entertaining me with his remarks, was not aware
+of the horror he excited in me when I cast my eye on those hands
+which had seized the person of my unfortunate friend.
+
+He ordered luncheon at Buffalora, but I was unable to taste
+anything. Many years back, when I was spending my time at Arluno,
+with the sons of Count Porro, I was accustomed to walk thither (to
+Buffalora), along the banks of the Ticino. I was rejoiced to see
+the noble bridge, the materials of which I had beheld scattered
+along the Lombard shore, now finished, notwithstanding the general
+opinion that the design would be abandoned. I rejoiced to traverse
+the river and set my foot once more on Piedmontese ground. With all
+my attachment to other nations, how much I prefer Italy! yet Heaven
+knows that however much more delightful to me is the sound of the
+Italian name, still sweeter must be that of Piedmont, the land of my
+fathers.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XCIX.
+
+
+
+Opposite to Buffalora lies San Martino. Here the Lombard brigadier
+spoke of the Piedmontese carabineers, saluted me, and repassed the
+bridge.
+
+"Let us go to Novara!" I said to the Vetturino.
+
+"Have the goodness to stay a moment," said a carabineer. I found I
+was not yet free; and was much vexed, being apprehensive it would
+retard my arrival at the long-desired home. After waiting about a
+quarter of an hour, a gentleman came forward and requested to be
+allowed to accompany us as far as Novara. He had already missed one
+opportunity; there was no other conveyance than mine; and he
+expressed himself exceedingly happy that I permitted him to avail
+himself of it.
+
+This carabineer in disguise was very good-humoured, and kept me
+company as far as Novara. Having reached that city, and feigning we
+were going to an hotel, he stopt at the barracks of the carabineers,
+and I was told there was a bed for me, and that I must wait the
+arrival of further orders. Concluding that I was to set off the
+next day, I went to bed, and after chatting some time with my host,
+I fell fast asleep; and it was long since I had slept so profoundly.
+
+I awoke towards morning, rose as quickly as possible, and found the
+hours hang heavy on my hands. I took my breakfast, chatted, walked
+about the apartment and over the lodge, cast my eye over the host's
+books, and finally,--a visitor was announced. An officer had come
+to give me tidings respecting my father, and inform me that there
+was a letter from him, lying for me at Novara. I was exceedingly
+grateful to him for this act of humane courtesy. After a few hours,
+which to me appeared ages, I received my father's letter. Oh what
+joy to behold that hand-writing once more! what joy to learn that
+the best of mothers was spared to me! that my two brothers were
+alive, and also my eldest sister. Alas! my young and gentle
+Marietta, who had immured herself in the convent of the Visitazione,
+and of whom I had received so strange an account while a prisoner,
+had been dead upwards of nine months. It was a consolation for me
+to believe that I owed my liberty to all those who had never ceased
+to love and to pray for me, and more especially to a beloved sister
+who had died with every expression of the most edifying devotion.
+May the Almighty reward her for the many sufferings she underwent,
+and in particular for all the anxiety she experienced on my account.
+
+Days passed on; yet no permission for me to quit Novara! On the
+morning of the 16th of September, the desired order at length
+arrived, and all superintendence over me by the carabineers ceased.
+It seemed strange! so many years had now elapsed since I had been
+permitted to walk unaccompanied by guards. I recovered some money;
+I received the congratulations of some of my father's friends, and
+set out about three in the afternoon. The companions of my journey
+were a lady, a merchant, an engraver, and two young painters; one of
+whom was both deaf and dumb. These last were coming from Rome; and
+I was much pleased by hearing from them that they were acquainted
+with the family of my friend Maroncelli, for how pleasant a thing it
+is to be enabled to speak of those we love, with some one not wholly
+indifferent to them.
+
+We passed the night at Vercelli. The happy day, the 17th of
+September, dawned at last. We pursued our journey; and how slow we
+appeared to travel! it was evening before we arrived at Turin.
+
+Who would attempt to describe the consolation I felt, the nameless
+feelings of delight, when I found myself in the embraces of my
+father, my mother, and my two brothers? My dear sister Giuseppina
+was not then with them; she was fulfilling her duties at Chieri; but
+on hearing of my felicity, she hastened to stay for a few days with
+our family, to make it complete. Restored to these five long-
+sighed-for, and beloved objects of my tenderness,--I was, and I
+still am, one of the most enviable of mankind.
+
+Now, therefore, for all my past misfortunes and sufferings, as well
+as for all the good or evil yet reserved for me, may the providence
+of God be blessed; of God, who renders all men, and all things,
+however opposite the intentions of the actors, the wonderful
+instruments which He directs to the greatest and best of purposes.
+
+
+
+Footnotes:
+
+{1} Piero Maroncelli da Forli, an excellent poet, and most amiable
+man, who had also been imprisoned from political motives. The
+author speaks of him at considerable length, as the companion of his
+sufferings, in various parts of his work.
+
+{2} A bailiff.
+
+{3} A sort of scream peculiar to dumb children.
+
+{4} Melchiorre Gioja, a native of Piacenza, was one of the most
+profound writers of our times, principally upon subjects of public
+economy. Being suspected of carrying on a secret correspondence, he
+was arrested in 1820, and imprisoned for a space of nine months.
+Among the more celebrated of his works are those entitled, Nuovo
+prospetto delle Scienze Economiche, Trattato del Merito e delle
+Ricompense, Dell' Ingiuria e dei Danni, Filosofia della Statistica,
+Ideologia e Esercizo Logico, Delle Manifatture, Del Divorzio,
+Elementi di Filosofia, Nuovo Galateo, Qual Governo convenga all'
+Italia. This able writer died in the month of January, 1829.
+
+{5} The Count Luigi Porro was one of the most distinguished men of
+Milan, and remarkable for the zeal and liberality with which he
+promoted the cultivation of literature and the arts. Having early
+remarked the excellent disposition of the youthful Pellico, the
+Count invited him to reside in his mansion, and take upon himself
+the education of his sons, uniformly considering him, at the same
+time, more in the light of a friend than of a dependent. Count
+Porro himself subsequently fell under the suspicions of the Austrian
+Government, and having betaken himself to flight, was twice
+condemned to death (as contumacious), the first time under the
+charge of Carbonarism, and the second time for a pretended
+conspiracy. The sons of Count Porro are more than once alluded to
+by their friend and tutor, as the author designates himself.
+
+{6} This excellent tragedy, suggested by the celebrated episode in
+the fifth canto of Dante's Inferno, was received by the whole of
+Italy with the most marked applause. Such a production at once
+raised the young author to a high station in the list of Italy's
+living poets.
+
+{7} The Cavalier Giovanni Bodoni was one of the most distinguished
+among modern printers. Becoming admirably skilled in his art, and
+in the oriental languages, acquired in the college of the Propaganda
+at Rome, he went to the Royal Printing Establishment at Parma, of
+which he took the direction in 1813, and in which he continued till
+the period of his death. In the list of the numerous works which he
+thence gave to the world may be mentioned the Pater Noster
+Poligletto, the Iliad in Greek, the Epithalamia Exoticis, and the
+Manuale Tipografico, works which will maintain their reputation to
+far distant times.
+
+{8} The Count Bolza, of the lake of Como, who has continued for
+years in the service of the Austrian Government, showing inexorable
+zeal in the capacity of a Commissary of Police.
+
+{9} The learning of Ugo Foscolo, and the reputation he acquired by
+his Hymn upon the Tombs, his Last Letters of Jecopo Ortis, his
+Treatises upon Dante, Petrarch, Boccaccio, &c, are well-known in
+this country, where he spent a considerable portion of his life, and
+died in the year 1827.
+
+{10} The Cavalier Vincenzo Monti stands at the head of the modern
+poets of Italy. His stanzas on the Death of Uge Basville obtained
+for him the title of Dante Redivivo. His works, both in verse and
+prose, are numerous, and generally acknowledged to be noble models
+in their several styles. His tragedy of Aristodemo, takes the lead
+among the most admirable specimens of the Italian drama. He died at
+Milan in the year 1829.
+
+{11} Monsignor Lodovico di Breme, son of the Marquis of the same
+name, a Piedmontese, an intimate friend of the celebrated Madame de
+Stael, of Mons. Sismondi, &c, and a man of elevated sentiments,
+brilliant spirit, high cultivation, and accomplishments.
+
+{12} Don Pietro Borsieri, son of a judge of the Court of Appeal at
+Milan, of which, previous to his receiving sentence of death, he was
+one of the state secretaries. He is the author of several little
+works and literary essays, all written with singular energy and
+chasteness of language.
+
+{13} La Signora Angiola.
+
+{14} "Venezianina adolescente sbirra?"
+
+{15} Tremerello, or the little trembler.
+
+{16} Per capire che le lucciole non erano lanterne.
+"To know that glowworms are not lanterns."
+
+{17} Buzzolai, a kind of small loaf.
+
+{18} Odoardo Briche, a young man of truly animated genius, and the
+most amiable disposition. He was the son of Mons. Briche, member of
+the Constituent Assembly in France, who for thirty years past, had
+selected Milan as his adopted country.
+
+{19} Respecting Pietro Borsieri, Lodovico di Breme, and Count
+Porro, mention has already been made. The Count Federico
+Confalonieri, of an illustrious family of Milan, a man of immense
+intellect, and the firmest courage, was also the most zealous
+promoter of popular institutions in Lombardy. The Austrian
+Government, becoming aware of the aversion entertained by the Count
+for the foreign yoke which pressed so heavily upon his country, had
+him seized and handed over to the special commissions, which sat in
+the years 1822 and 1823. By these he was condemned to the severest
+of all punishments--imprisonment for life, in the fortress of
+Spielberg, where, during six months of each weary year, he is
+compelled by the excess of his sufferings to lie stretched upon a
+wretched pallet, more dead than alive.
+
+{20} The Count Camillo Laderchi, a member of one of the most
+distinguished families of Faenza, and formerly prefect in the ex-
+kingdom of Italy.
+
+{21} Gian Domenico Romagnosi, a native of Piacenza, was for some
+years Professor of Criminal Law, in the University of Pavia. He is
+the author of several philosophical works, but more especially of
+the Genesi del Diritto Penale, which spread his reputation both
+throughout and beyond Italy. Though at an advanced age, he was
+repeatedly imprisoned and examined on the charge of having belonged
+to a lodge of Freemasons; a charge advanced against him by an
+ungrateful Tyrolese, who had initiated him into, and favoured him as
+a fellow-member of, the same society, and who had the audacity
+actually to sit as judge upon his FRIEND'S trial.
+
+{22} The Count Giovanni Arrivabene, of Mantua, who, being in
+possession of considerable fortune, made an excellent use of it,
+both as regarded private acts of benevolence, and the maintenance of
+a school of mutual instruction. But having more recently fallen
+under the displeasure of the Government, he abandoned Italy, and
+during his exile employed himself in writing, with rare
+impartiality, and admirable judgment, a work which must be
+considered interesting to all engaged in alleviating the ills of
+humanity, both here and in other countries. It is entitled, Delle
+Societa di Publica Beneficenza in Londra.
+
+{23} The Capitano Rezia, one of the best artillery officers in the
+Italian army, son of Professor Rezia, the celebrated anatomist,
+whose highly valuable preparations and specimens are to be seen in
+the Anatomical Museum at Pavia.
+
+{24} The Professor Ressi, who occupied, during several years, the
+chair of Political Economy in the University at Pavia. He is the
+author of a respectable work, published under the title of Economica
+della Specie Umana. Having unfortunately attracted the suspicions
+of the Austrian police, he was seized and committed to a dungeon, in
+which he died, about a year from the period of his arrest, and while
+the special examinations of the alleged conspirators were being
+held.
+
+{25} Where charity and love are, God is present.
+
+{26} The Devil! the Devil!
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's My Ten Years' Imprisonment, by Silvio Pellico
+
diff --git a/old/myten10.zip b/old/myten10.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..faeb31c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/myten10.zip
Binary files differ